WO2020189146A1 - Multilayer body and display device comprising same - Google Patents

Multilayer body and display device comprising same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020189146A1
WO2020189146A1 PCT/JP2020/006272 JP2020006272W WO2020189146A1 WO 2020189146 A1 WO2020189146 A1 WO 2020189146A1 JP 2020006272 W JP2020006272 W JP 2020006272W WO 2020189146 A1 WO2020189146 A1 WO 2020189146A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pressure
sensitive adhesive
layer
thickness
adhesive composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/006272
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
昇祐 李
正熙 金
Original Assignee
住友化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 住友化学株式会社 filed Critical 住友化学株式会社
Priority to CN202080021500.7A priority Critical patent/CN113614589B/en
Priority to KR1020217030611A priority patent/KR20210141521A/en
Publication of WO2020189146A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020189146A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/022Mechanical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
    • H05B33/14Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces characterised by the chemical or physical composition or the arrangement of the electroluminescent material, or by the simultaneous addition of the electroluminescent material in or onto the light source
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/50OLEDs integrated with light modulating elements, e.g. with electrochromic elements, photochromic elements or liquid crystal elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a laminate and a display device including the laminate.
  • Korean Patent No. 10-2016-0053788 (Patent Document 1) and Korean Patent No. 10-2017-093610 (Patent Document 2) each include a laminate for a display device having a plurality of pressure-sensitive adhesive layers. Are listed.
  • the adhesive layer used in this type of laminate is generally excellent in stress relaxation performance for relieving external stress.
  • bubbles are often generated in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, so that it is required to improve the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a laminate having improved durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a display device containing the same.
  • the present invention provides the following laminate and a display device including the following.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used to form the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed by using the composition, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfy the relationship of the following formula (1).
  • ⁇ R1 represents the value obtained by subtracting R1B from R1A.
  • ⁇ R2 represents the value obtained by subtracting R2B from R2A.
  • the R1A represents a first shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m) which is a shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained for the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing a strain repeated addition test.
  • the R1B represents a second shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m), which is a shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained with respect to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before executing the strain repeated addition test.
  • the R2A indicates a third shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m), which is a shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained for the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing a strain repeated addition test.
  • the R2B represents a fourth shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m), which is a shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of thickness obtained at 25 ° C. with respect to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before executing the strain repeated addition test.
  • [2] The laminate according to [1], wherein the fourth shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m) is 0.1 or more and 0.2 or less.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a laminate having improved durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a display device containing the same.
  • laminated body according to one aspect of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “laminated body”) will be described with reference to the drawings.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the laminated body according to one aspect of the present invention.
  • the laminate 100 is formed by using the front plate 101, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the polarizer layer 103, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 and the back plate 105 are included in this order.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 may be generically referred to as a “pressure-sensitive adhesive layer”.
  • the thickness of the laminated body 100 is not particularly limited because it varies depending on the function required for the laminated body, the application of the laminated body, etc. It is 500 ⁇ m or less.
  • the plan view shape of the laminated body 100 may be, for example, a rectangular shape, preferably a rectangular shape having a long side and a short side, and more preferably a rectangular shape.
  • the length of the long side may be, for example, 10 mm or more and 1400 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or more and 600 mm or less.
  • the length of the short side may be, for example, 5 mm or more and 800 mm or less, preferably 30 mm or more and 500 mm or less, and more preferably 50 mm or more and 300 mm or less.
  • Each layer constituting the laminate may have corners R-processed, end portions notched, or perforated.
  • the laminated body 100 can be applied to, for example, a display device or the like.
  • the display device is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display device, an inorganic electroluminescence (inorganic EL) display device, a liquid crystal display device, and an electroluminescent display device.
  • the display device may have a touch panel function.
  • the display device to which the laminated body 100 is applied can be used as a flexible display that can be bent or wound.
  • the display device is preferably bendable with the front plate 101 side facing outward. However, the laminated body 100 may be able to be bent with the front plate 101 side inside.
  • the laminate 100 includes a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition as described above, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. .. In the laminate 100, between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, The following relationships are built.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfy the relationship of the following formula (1).
  • the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer can be, for example, 200 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ R1 represents the value obtained by subtracting R1B from R1A.
  • ⁇ R2 represents the value obtained by subtracting R2B from R2A.
  • R1A represents the first shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m), which is the shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of thickness at 25 ° C., which was obtained for the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing the strain repeated addition test.
  • R1B represents the second shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m), which is the shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of thickness at 25 ° C., which was obtained for the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before performing the strain repeated addition test.
  • R2A indicates a third shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m), which is a shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of thickness at 25 ° C., which was obtained for the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing the strain repeated addition test.
  • R2B represents the fourth shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m), which is the shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of thickness at 25 ° C., which was obtained for the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before the strain repeated addition test was performed. ].
  • the fourth shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m) representing (/ ⁇ m) and R2B can be determined according to the measurement methods described in the columns of Examples described later, respectively.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 which are the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers contained therein, are the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive standard that satisfy the relationship of the above formula (1). It is formed by using a first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that can form a layer.
  • the laminate 100 can improve the durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the laminated body 100 is preferably used for a laminated body of a method (so-called outfolding method) in which the front plate side is turned outward and a display device including the laminated body 100.
  • the reason why the above-mentioned effects are obtained when each of the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions is formed is not clear in detail, but is considered to be due to the following mechanism.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is repeatedly strained as compared with the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It means that the composition has a smaller change in shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m) before and after being added. Furthermore, the feature that the change in shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m) is small is that it is excellent in performance (that is, durability) that can maintain the properties peculiar to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer against external stress. means. Therefore, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104) formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is formed on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102) formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. In comparison, it is considered that the durability against bending can be improved.
  • the present inventors have a second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that is more durable against bending as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the side far from the front plate where bubbles frequently occur when the laminate is bent with the front plate side on the outside.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104) formed by using an object was arranged.
  • the laminated body 100 is bent with the front plate 101 side facing outward, the laminated body 100 is reached, which can suppress the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the laminate 100 has a mandrel (mandrel), which is a cylindrical jig having a diameter ( ⁇ ) of more than 10 mm and a diameter of 15 mm or less, arranged inside the back plate 105 side. Even when the laminate 100 is bent along the mandrel, the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be suppressed (hereinafter, such performance is also referred to as "excellent bending durability"). ..
  • bending includes a form of bending in which a curved surface is formed in the bent portion.
  • the radius of curvature of the bent inner surface is not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • bending includes a form of refraction in which the refraction angle of the inner surface is larger than 0 degrees and less than 180 degrees unless otherwise specified, and the radius of curvature of the inner surface is close to zero, or the refraction angle of the inner surface is 0 degrees. Includes certain forms of folding.
  • ⁇ R1 and ⁇ R2 are preferably 0.01 to 4, more preferably 0.05 to 0.5, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.2, respectively.
  • the first shear creep rate R1A (% / ⁇ m) is preferably 0.05 to 1.0, and more preferably 0.2 to 0.5.
  • the second shear creep rate R1B (% / ⁇ m) is preferably 0.01 to 0.3, and more preferably 0.05 to 0.2.
  • the third shear creep ratio R2A (% / ⁇ m) is preferably 0.05 to 1.0, and more preferably 0.2 to 0.5.
  • the fourth shear creep ratio R2B (% / ⁇ m) is preferably 0.01 to 0.3, and more preferably 0.05 to 0.2.
  • the fourth shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m) is preferably 0.1 or more and 0.2 or less.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having not only excellent flexibility and durability but also appropriate hardness, it is possible to impart excellent surface hardness to the laminate 100.
  • a load of 100 g is applied to the surface of the back plate 105 of the laminate 100 using a pencil having a core hardness of 6B, the surface is subjected to a load of 100 g.
  • the formed recess marks can be eliminated in less than one hour (hereinafter, such performance is also referred to as "excellent in” surface hardness ").
  • the gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be 40 to 90% and may be 50 to 80%.
  • the gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • At least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 preferably has a thickness of 20 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition constituting the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfying the relationship of the above formula (1) are used.
  • a method of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A described later, changing the type of the monomer constituting the (meth) acrylic polymer A described later, adjusting the molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic polymer A, etc. can be mentioned.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A will be specifically described.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may be an active energy ray-curable type or a thermosetting type.
  • (meth) acrylic polymer refers to at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic polymers and methacrylic polymers. The same applies to other terms with "(meta)”.
  • both the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contain a (meth) acrylic polymer
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer may be the same or different.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is also referred to as “(meth) acrylic polymer A”.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A has a structural unit derived from a monomer having a reactive functional group. Preferably, it is 1% by mass or less based on the total mass of the polymer.
  • the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an amide group, an epoxy group and the like.
  • the structural unit derived from the monomer having a reactive functional group is more preferably 0.01% by mass based on the total mass of the polymer from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of bubbles at the time of bending. It is more preferably free of structural units derived from monomers having reactive functional groups, and even more preferably free of hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amino groups, amide groups, and epoxy groups.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A can contain a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic monomer having a linear or branched chain-like alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • the (meth) acrylic monomer having an alkyl group having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms in a linear or branched chain may be, for example, a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, and an example thereof is (meth).
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A may be a polymer or a copolymer containing one or more of the above (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters as monomers.
  • the content of the (meth) acrylic polymer A in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may be, for example, 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. It is by mass% or more and 99.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 90% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth) acrylic polymer A may be, for example, 100,000 or more and 2 million or less, and preferably 500,000 or more and 1.5 million or less from the viewpoint of suppressing air bubbles at the time of bending.
  • the weight average molecular weight in the present specification can be determined based on a standard polystyrene-equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, as described in the column of Examples described later.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may contain one or more (meth) acrylic polymers A. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may contain only the (meth) acrylic polymer A as a constituent component thereof, or may further contain a cross-linking agent.
  • the cross-linking agent is a divalent or higher metal ion that forms a carboxylic acid metal salt with a carboxyl group; a polyamine compound that forms an amide bond with a carboxyl group; poly. Examples include epoxy compounds or polyols that form an ester bond with a carboxyl group; polyisocyanate compounds that form an amide bond with a carboxyl group, and the like. Of these, polyisocyanate compounds are preferable.
  • the content of the cross-linking agent may be, for example, 5 parts by mass or less, preferably 3 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the (meth) acrylic polymer A. It is preferably 1 part by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 part by mass or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may not contain a cross-linking agent.
  • the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition has a property of being cured by being irradiated with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams, and has adhesiveness even before irradiation with active energy rays. It is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition having the property of being able to adhere to an adherend such as, etc., and being cured by irradiation with active energy rays to adjust the adhesion force and the like.
  • the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably an ultraviolet-curable type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can further contain an active energy ray-polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, a photosensitizer, and the like. ..
  • the active energy ray-polymerizable compound is, for example, a (meth) acrylate monomer having at least one (meth) acryloyloxy group in the molecule; obtained by reacting two or more kinds of functional group-containing compounds, and at least in the molecule.
  • Examples thereof include (meth) acrylic compounds such as (meth) acryloyloxy group-containing compounds such as (meth) acrylate oligomers having two (meth) acryloyloxy groups.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can contain an active energy ray-polymerizable compound in an amount of 0.1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A.
  • the photopolymerization initiator examples include benzophenone, benzyl dimethyl ketal, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl ketone and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may contain one or more.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A contains a photopolymerization initiator, the total content thereof may be, for example, 0.01 part by mass or more and 1.0 part by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. ..
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A contains fine particles, beads (resin beads, glass beads, etc.), glass fibers, resins other than the base polymer, a pressure-sensitive imparting agent, and a filler (metal powder or other inorganic substances) for imparting light scattering properties. Additives such as powders), antioxidants, UV absorbers, dyes, pigments, colorants, antifoaming agents, corrosion inhibitors, etc. can be included.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A preferably does not contain an organic solvent from the viewpoint of preventing the problem of deterioration of durability due to the residual solvent.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed by applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A on a substrate.
  • the formed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be irradiated with active energy rays to obtain a cured product having a desired degree of curing.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A is a (meth) acrylic having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. It is preferable to contain an acid alkyl ester and a monomer having a reactive functional group in the molecule (reactive functional group-containing monomer).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is a thermosetting pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it preferably further contains a heat-crosslinking agent.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A can exhibit preferable tackiness by containing a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. it can.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is, for example, a homopolymer having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of ⁇ 40 ° C. or lower (hereinafter, may be referred to as “low Tg alkyl acrylate”). It is preferable to include it.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the (meth) acrylic polymer A can be determined by using a conventionally known method such as differential thermal analysis (DTA).
  • Examples of the low Tg alkyl acrylate include n-butyl acrylate (Tg-54 ° C.), n-octyl acrylate (Tg-65 ° C.), isooctyl acrylate (Tg-58 ° C.), and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (Tg).
  • the Tg of the homopolymer is more preferably ⁇ 45 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably ⁇ 50 ° C. or lower.
  • n-butyl acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate are particularly preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably contains low Tg alkyl acrylate as a lower limit value of 85% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. It is more preferably contained in an amount of mass% or more.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably contains the above-mentioned low Tg alkyl acrylate as a monomer unit constituting the polymer in an upper limit of 99.9% by mass or less, and preferably 99.5% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable that the content is 99% by mass or less.
  • a suitable amount of other monomer components can be introduced into the (meth) acrylic polymer A.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A is a monomer having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of more than 0 ° C. as a homopolymer (hereinafter, may be referred to as “hard monomer”) from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect of the present invention. It is preferable to reduce the content as much as possible.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably has a hard monomer content of 15% by mass or less as an upper limit as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, and is preferably 10% by mass or less. More preferably, it is more preferably 5% by mass or less.
  • This hard monomer also includes a reactive functional group-containing monomer described later.
  • Examples of the hard monomer include methyl acrylate (Tg10 ° C.), methyl methacrylate (Tg105 ° C.), ethyl methacrylate (Tg65 ° C.), n-butyl methacrylate (Tg20 ° C.), isobutyl methacrylate (Tg48 ° C.), and the like.
  • T-butyl methacrylate (Tg 107 ° C), n-stearyl acrylate (Tg 30 ° C), n-stearyl methacrylate (Tg 38 ° C), cyclohexyl acrylate (Tg 15 ° C), cyclohexyl methacrylate (Tg 66 ° C), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Tg 5 ° C), phenoxyethyl methacrylate (Tg 54 ° C), benzyl methacrylate (Tg 54 ° C), isobornyl acrylate (Tg 94 ° C), isobornyl methacrylate (Tg 180 ° C), acryloylmorpholin (Tg 145 ° C), adamantyl acrylate (Tg115 ° C).
  • Tg141 °C adamantyl methacrylate
  • acrylic acid Tg105 °C
  • dimethylacrylamide Tg89 °C
  • acrylamide Tg165 °C
  • other acrylic monomers vinyl acetate (Tg32 °C)
  • styrene Tg80 °C
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A contains a reactive functional group-containing monomer as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, and thus heats described later via the reactive functional group derived from the reactive functional group-containing monomer. Reacts with cross-linking agents. As a result, a crosslinked structure (three-dimensional network structure) is formed as a whole, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a desired cohesive force can be obtained.
  • Examples of the reactive functional group-containing monomer contained in the (meth) acrylic polymer A as a monomer unit constituting the polymer include a monomer having a hydroxyl group in the molecule (monomer containing a hydroxyl group) and a monomer having a carboxy group in the molecule.
  • (Carboxy group-containing monomer), a monomer having an amino group in the molecule (amino group-containing monomer), and the like are preferably mentioned.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomers are particularly preferable because many of them have a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 0 ° C. or lower.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth).
  • Hydroxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylates such as 3-hydroxybutyl acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate can be mentioned.
  • 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate is obtained from the viewpoints of glass transition temperature (Tg), reactivity of hydroxyl group in the obtained (meth) acrylic polymer A with a thermal cross-linking agent, and copolymerizability with other monomers.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate are preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • carboxy group-containing monomer examples include ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, and citraconic acid. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, and citraconic acid. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • amino group-containing monomer examples include aminoethyl (meth) acrylate and n-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably contains a reactive functional group-containing monomer as a lower limit value of 0.1% by mass or more, and particularly 0.5% by mass or more, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. It is preferable that the content is 1% by mass or more.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably contains the above-mentioned reactive functional group-containing monomer as an upper limit value of 10% by mass or less, particularly preferably 8% by mass or less, and further contains 5% by mass or less. Is preferable. This tends to make it easier to suppress the generation of air bubbles during bending.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A may not contain a carboxy group-containing monomer, particularly acrylic acid, which is also a hard monomer, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. Since the carboxy group is an acid component, a transparent conductive film such as tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), a metal film, or a metal that causes problems due to the acid on the object to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is applied because the carboxy group-containing monomer is not contained. Even when a mesh or the like is present, those defects (corrosion, change in resistance value, etc.) due to acid can be suppressed.
  • a carboxy group-containing monomer particularly acrylic acid, which is also a hard monomer, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. Since the carboxy group is an acid component, a transparent conductive film such as tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), a metal film, or a metal that causes problems due to the acid on the object to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is applied because the carboxy
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A may contain another monomer as a monomer unit constituting the polymer.
  • a monomer containing no reactive functional group is preferable so as not to interfere with the action of the reactive functional group-containing monomer.
  • the other monomers include (meth) acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl esters such as methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, as well as a glass transition temperature (Tg) of -40 as a homopolymer.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • examples thereof include a monomer having a temperature exceeding 0 ° C. or lower (hereinafter, may be referred to as “medium Tg alkyl acrylate”).
  • Examples of the medium Tg alkyl acrylate include ethyl acrylate (Tg-20 ° C.), isobutyl acrylate (Tg-26 ° C.), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (Tg-10 ° C.), and n-lauryl acrylate (Tg-23 ° C.). ° C.), isostearyl acrylate (Tg-18 ° C.) and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polymerization mode of the (meth) acrylic polymer A may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is preferably 200,000 or more, particularly preferably 300,000 or more, and further preferably 400,000 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight in the present specification can be determined based on a standard polystyrene-equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, as described in the column of Examples described later.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is preferably 2 million or less, particularly preferably 1.5 million or less, and further preferably 1.3 million or less.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic acid ester polymer (A) is not more than the above, the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be ensured, and the effect of the present invention can be easily exhibited. ..
  • one type of (meth) acrylic polymer A may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the heat-crosslinking agent cross-links the (meth) acrylic polymer A to form a three-dimensional network structure.
  • the cohesive force can be improved while ensuring the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and when applied to the laminated body, it is possible to obtain a hardness capable of improving the surface hardness of the laminated body.
  • the thermal cross-linking agent may be any as long as it reacts with the reactive group of the (meth) acrylic polymer A.
  • an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent an epoxy-based cross-linking agent, an amine-based cross-linking agent, a melamine-based cross-linking agent, and the like.
  • examples thereof include aziridine-based cross-linking agent, hydrazine-based cross-linking agent, aldehyde-based cross-linking agent, oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, metal alkoxide-based cross-linking agent, metal chelate-based cross-linking agent, metal salt-based cross-linking agent, ammonium salt-based cross-linking agent and the like.
  • the reactive group of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is a hydroxyl group
  • an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent having excellent reactivity with the hydroxyl group.
  • the thermal cross-linking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the isocyanate-based cross-linking agent contains at least a polyisocyanate compound.
  • the polyisocyanate compound include aromatic polyisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and xylylene diisocyanate, aliphatic polyisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanates, and alicyclic polyisocyanates such as hydrogenated diphenylmethane diisocyanate.
  • trimethylolpropane-modified aromatic polyisocyanates particularly trimethylolpropane-modified tolylene diisocyanate and trimethylolpropane-modified xylylene diisocyanate, are preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity with hydroxyl groups.
  • epoxy-based cross-linking agent examples include 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidyl aminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, and ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether. , 1,6-Hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylpropan diglycidyl ether, diglycidyl aniline, diglycidyl amine and the like.
  • the content of the heat-crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on 100% by mass of the (meth) acrylic polymer A. More preferably, it is 0.1% by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.8% by mass or less, and further preferably 0.5% by mass or less. When the content of the thermal cross-linking agent is in the above range, it is possible to more easily obtain an appropriate hardness by improving the cohesive force.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A preferably contains the above-mentioned silane coupling agent.
  • the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has improved adhesion to each member in the laminated body as an adherend, and has more excellent durability against bending.
  • the silane coupling (SC) agent is preferably an organosilicon compound having at least one alkoxysilyl group in the molecule, which has good compatibility with the (meth) acrylic polymer A and has light transmittance. ..
  • silane coupling agent examples include polymerizable unsaturated group-containing silicon compounds such as vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, and methacrypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 2- (3).
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on 100% by mass of the (meth) acrylic polymer A. Is more preferable, and 0.1% by mass or more is further preferable. Further, the content is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, and further preferably 0.3% by mass or less. When the content of the silane coupling agent is in the above range, the adhesion to each member in the laminated body can be further improved.
  • the above-mentioned various additives can be added to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, if desired.
  • the polymerization solvent and the diluting solvent are not included in the additives constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A can be produced by polymerizing a mixture of monomers constituting the polymer by a normal radical polymerization method.
  • the polymerization of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is preferably carried out by a solution polymerization method using a polymerization initiator, if desired.
  • the polymerization solvent include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, acetone, hexane, methyl ethyl ketone and the like, and two or more of them may be used in combination.
  • Examples of the polymerization initiator include azo compounds and organic peroxides, and two or more types may be used in combination.
  • Examples of the azo compound include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis (cyclohexane1-carbonitrile), and 2, , 2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) , 4,4'-azobis (4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2'-azobis (2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile), 2,2'-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) Propane] and the like.
  • organic peroxide examples include benzoyl peroxide, t-butylperbenzoate, cumenehydroperoxide, diisopropylperoxydicarbonate, di-n-propylperoxydicarbonate, and di (2-ethoxyethyl) peroxy.
  • examples thereof include dicarbonate, t-butylperoxyneodecanoate, t-butylperoxyvivarate, (3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide, dipropionyl peroxide, and diacetyl peroxide.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained polymer can be adjusted by adding a chain transfer agent such as 2-mercaptoethanol.
  • a thermal cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent and, if desired, an additive and a diluting solvent are added to the solution of the (meth) acrylic polymer A and mixed thoroughly.
  • a solvent-diluted pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A (coating solution) can be obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can be produced by a known method, for example, by collectively mixing each component using a mixer or the like. Further, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be prepared from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A thus obtained.
  • the component may be dissolved in a diluting solvent by itself in advance. It may be diluted and then mixed with other ingredients.
  • diluting solvent examples include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane and cyclohexane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride and ethylene chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol and butanol.
  • Alcohols such as 1-methoxy-2-propanol, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone, isophorone and cyclohexanone, esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate, and cellosolve solvents such as ethyl cellosolve are used.
  • the concentration and viscosity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A (coating solution) prepared in this manner may be any range as long as it can be coated, and is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the situation.
  • the concentration of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can be adjusted to be 10 to 60% by mass in the solution.
  • the addition of a diluting solvent or the like is not a necessary condition, and if the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A has a coatable viscosity or the like, the diluting solvent may not be added. In this case, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A becomes a coating solution using the polymerization solvent of the (meth) acrylic polymer A as it is as a diluting solvent.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be obtained by cross-linking the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A.
  • Crosslinking of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can be performed by heat treatment.
  • the heat treatment can also serve as a drying treatment for volatilizing the diluting solvent or the like from the coating film of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A applied to the desired object.
  • the heating temperature in the heat treatment is preferably 50 to 150 ° C, more preferably 70 to 120 ° C.
  • the heating time in the heat treatment is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 50 seconds to 2 minutes.
  • a curing period of about 1 to 2 weeks can be provided at room temperature (for example, 23 ° C., 50% RH) as needed. If this curing period is required, an adhesive layer can be formed after the curing period has elapsed. When the curing period is not required, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed after the above-mentioned heat treatment is completed.
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A is sufficiently cross-linked via the cross-linking agent to form a cross-linked structure, whereby the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and second) are formed.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104) can be obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can include a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed by applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A onto a substrate.
  • an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A
  • the formed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be irradiated with active energy rays to obtain a cured product having a desired degree of curing.
  • a thermosetting pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, a cured product having a desired degree of curing can be obtained by subjecting the formed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to heat treatment (and curing).
  • the base material may be a release film that has undergone a mold release treatment.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be produced by applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A on a release film to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the form of a sheet, and then adhering another release film on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. it can.
  • a method of applying the coating liquid of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A for example, a bar coating method, a knife coating method, a roll coating method, a blade coating method, a die coating method, a gravure coating method and the like can be used.
  • the material and thickness of the front plate 101 are not limited as long as it is a plate-like body capable of transmitting light, and the front plate 101 may be composed of only one layer or may be composed of two or more layers. Examples thereof include a resin plate-like body (for example, a resin plate, a resin sheet, a resin film, etc.), a glass plate-like body (for example, a glass plate, a glass film, etc.), and a touch sensor panel described later.
  • the front plate can constitute the outermost surface of the display device.
  • the thickness of the front plate 101 may be, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less, preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 30 ⁇ m or more and 300 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of each layer can be measured according to the thickness measuring method described in Examples described later.
  • the resin plate-like body is not limited as long as it can transmit light.
  • the resin constituting the resin plate such as a resin film include triacetyl cellulose, acetyl cellulose butyrate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, propionyl cellulose, butyryl cellulose, acetyl propionyl cellulose, polyester, and polystyrene.
  • Polyamide polyetherimide, poly (meth) acrylic, polyimide, polyether sulfone, polysulfone, polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetal, polyether ketone, polyether ether ketone , Polyether sulfone, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, polyamideimide and the like. These polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of improving strength and transparency, a resin film formed of a polymer such as polyimide, polyamide, or polyamideimide is preferable.
  • the front plate 101 is preferably a film in which a hard coat layer is provided on at least one surface of the base film.
  • a film made of the above resin can be used as the base film.
  • the hard coat layer may be formed on one surface of the base film or may be formed on both surfaces.
  • the hard coat layer is, for example, a cured layer of an ultraviolet curable resin.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin include acrylic resin, silicone resin, polyester resin, urethane resin, amide resin, epoxy resin and the like.
  • the hard coat layer may contain additives to improve strength. Additives are not limited, and include inorganic fine particles, organic fine particles, or mixtures thereof.
  • the front plate 101 is a glass plate
  • tempered glass for a display is preferably used as the glass plate.
  • the thickness of the glass plate may be, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less, and may be 50 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less.
  • the front plate 101 not only has a function of protecting the front surface (screen) of the display device (function as a window film), but also has a function as a touch sensor and a blue light cut function. , It may have a viewing angle adjusting function and the like.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 is a layer that is interposed between the front plate 101 and the polarizer layer 103 and adheres them, and is, for example, a layer composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive or an adhesive or some kind of layer. It may be a treated layer.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer arranged at a position closest to the front plate 101 among the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers constituting the laminated body 100.
  • the "adhesive" as used herein is also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the “adhesive” refers to an adhesive other than an adhesive (pressure sensitive adhesive), and is clearly distinguished from the adhesive.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 may be one layer or may be composed of two or more layers, but is preferably one layer.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 is formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition as described above.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A as described above.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 uses this first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to form a first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed by forming and using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition described later, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are represented by the formula ( ⁇ R1> ⁇ R2). Satisfy the relationship of 1).
  • the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer can be, for example, 200 ⁇ m.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is not limited to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A as long as it satisfies the above formula (1) in relation to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and can be formed directly from any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Alternatively, it can be formed by using a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably formed from the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, or is formed by using a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet formed by applying the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A on a substrate. Is also preferable.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 includes the composition and compounding components of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the type of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (active energy ray-curable type, heat-curable type, etc.), and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the additives that can be blended in the composition the method for producing the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the like, the above-mentioned [Adhesive layer (first pressure-sensitive adhesive formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) The layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)] can be as described in the column.
  • the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 preferably has a thickness of 20 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less. Therefore, the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 can be, for example, 3 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, and may be 20 ⁇ m or more. The thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 is most preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less.
  • the polarizer layer 103 examples include a stretched film or a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed, a layer obtained by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound, and the like.
  • the dichroic dye specifically, iodine or a dichroic organic dye is used.
  • dichroic organic dyes C.I. I. Included are dichroic direct dyes composed of disuazo compounds such as DIRECT RED 39 and dichroic direct dyes composed of compounds such as trisazo and tetrakisazo.
  • the polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound includes a composition containing a dichroic dye having a liquid crystal property or a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal.
  • a polarizer layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound such as a layer obtained by applying and curing an object.
  • a polarizer layer obtained by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound is preferable because there is no limitation in the bending direction as compared with a stretched film or a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed.
  • the polarizer layer 103 can function as a circular polarizing plate, for example, by combining with a retardation layer described later.
  • the polarizer layer which is a stretched film on which a bicolor dye is adsorbed, is usually bicolorized by a step of uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film and dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with the bicolor dye. It can be produced through a step of adsorbing a dye, a step of treating a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film on which a bicolor dye is adsorbed with an aqueous boric acid solution, and a step of washing with water after the treatment with the aqueous boric acid solution.
  • the thickness of the polarizer layer 103 is, for example, 2 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the polarizer layer 103 may be 5 ⁇ m or more, 20 ⁇ m or less, further 15 ⁇ m or less, and further 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is obtained by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin.
  • the polyvinyl acetate-based resin in addition to polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is used.
  • examples of other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and (meth) acrylamides having an ammonium group.
  • the degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 85 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less, preferably 98 mol% or more.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can be used.
  • the degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually 1000 or more and 10000 or less, preferably 1500 or more and 5000 or less.
  • the polarizer layer which is a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed, is usually a step of applying a coating liquid containing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin on a base film, a step of uniaxially stretching the obtained laminated film, and uniaxial.
  • the base film may be peeled off from the polarizing layer, if necessary.
  • the material and thickness of the base film may be the same as the material and thickness of the thermoplastic resin film described later.
  • the stretched film or the polarizer layer which is a stretched layer, may be incorporated into the laminate in a form in which a thermoplastic resin film is bonded to one side or both sides thereof.
  • This thermoplastic resin film can function as a protective film for the polarizer layer 103 or a retardation film.
  • the thermoplastic resin film is, for example, a polyolefin resin such as a chain polyolefin resin (polypropylene resin, etc.), a cyclic polyolefin resin (norbornen resin, etc.); a cellulose resin such as triacetyl cellulose; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene na. It can be a film composed of a polyester resin such as phthalate and polybutylene terephthalate; a polycarbonate resin; a (meth) acrylic resin; or a mixture thereof.
  • the thermoplastic resin film may or may not have a phase difference. From the viewpoint of thinning, the thickness of the thermoplastic resin film is usually 300 ⁇ m or less, preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 100 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 80 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 60 ⁇ m or less. is there. The thickness of the thermoplastic resin film is usually 5 ⁇ m or more, preferably 20 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thermoplastic resin film can be attached to the polarizer layer 103 by using, for example, an adhesive layer.
  • the polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound includes a composition containing a dichroic dye having a liquid crystal property or a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal. Examples thereof include a polarizer layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, such as a layer obtained by applying a composition containing the above to a substrate film and curing the composition.
  • the base film may be peeled off from the polarizer layer, if necessary.
  • the material and thickness of the base film may be the same as the material and thickness of the thermoplastic resin film described above.
  • the polarizer layer may include an alignment film. The alignment film may be peeled off.
  • the polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound may be incorporated into an optical laminate in the form of a thermoplastic resin film bonded to one or both sides thereof. ..
  • a thermoplastic resin film the same one as the thermoplastic resin film that can be used for the stretched film or the polarizer layer that is the stretched layer can be used.
  • the thermoplastic resin film can be bonded to the polarizer layer using, for example, an adhesive layer.
  • the polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound may have an overcoat (OC) layer formed as a protective layer on one side or both sides thereof.
  • OC overcoat
  • examples thereof include photocurable resins and water-soluble polymers.
  • the photocurable resin include (meth) acrylic resin, urethane resin, (meth) acrylic urethane resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin and the like.
  • the water-soluble polymer include poly (meth) acrylamide-based polymers; polyvinyl alcohol, and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, (meth) acrylic acid or its anhydride-vinyl alcohol co-weight.
  • the thickness of the OC layer is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, 5 ⁇ m or less, and 0.05 ⁇ m or more. It may be 0.5 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the polarizer layer obtained by applying and curing the composition containing the dichroic dye and the polymerizable compound is usually 10 ⁇ m or less, preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less. Is.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer arranged between the polarizer layer 103 and the back plate 105.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer arranged at a position closest to the back plate 105 among the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers constituting the laminated body 100.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 may be one layer or may be composed of two or more layers, but is preferably one layer.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition as described above.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A as described above.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 uses this second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to form a second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are represented by the formula ( ⁇ R1> ⁇ R2). Satisfy the relationship of 1).
  • the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer can be, for example, 200 ⁇ m.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is not limited to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A as long as it satisfies the above formula (1) in relation to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and can be formed directly from any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Alternatively, it can be formed by using a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably formed from the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, or is formed by using a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet formed by applying the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A on a substrate. Is also preferable.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 includes the composition and compounding components of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the type of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (whether or not it is an active energy ray-curable type or a heat-curable type, etc.). ), Additives that can be blended in the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the method for producing the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the like.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)] can be as described in the column.
  • the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 can be, for example, 3 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, and may be 20 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is most preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less.
  • Back plate As the back plate 105, a plate-like body capable of transmitting light, a component used in a normal display device, or the like can be used.
  • the thickness of the back plate 105 may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more and 2000 ⁇ m or less, preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 15 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less.
  • the plate-like body used for the back plate 105 may be composed of only one layer, may be composed of two or more layers, and an example of the plate-like body described in the front plate 101 may be used. it can.
  • Examples of components used in a normal display device used for the back plate 105 include a separator, a touch sensor panel, an organic EL display element, and the like.
  • the stacking order of the components in the display device is, for example, front plate / circular polarizing plate / separator, front plate / circular polarizing plate / organic EL display device, front plate / circular polarizing plate / touch sensor panel / organic EL display element, front. Examples thereof include a face plate / touch sensor panel / circular polarizing plate / organic EL display element.
  • the back plate 105 is preferably a touch sensor panel.
  • touch sensor panel As the touch sensor panel, as long as it is a sensor that can detect the touched position, the detection method is not limited, and the resistance film method, the capacitance coupling method, the optical sensor method, the ultrasonic method, and the electromagnetic induction coupling are used. Examples of touch sensor panels include a method and a surface acoustic wave method. Since the cost is low, a touch sensor panel of a resistive film type or a capacitive coupling type is preferably used.
  • An example of a resistance film type touch sensor panel is a pair of substrates arranged opposite to each other, an insulating spacer sandwiched between the pair of substrates, and a transparent film provided on the inner front surface of each substrate as a resistance film. It is composed of a conductive film and a touch position detection circuit.
  • a touch position detection circuit detects the change in voltage at this time, and the touched position is detected.
  • An example of a capacitively coupled touch sensor panel is composed of a substrate, a transparent electrode for position detection provided on the entire surface of the substrate, and a touch position detection circuit.
  • a capacitance coupling type touch sensor panel when the surface of the front plate is touched, the transparent electrode is grounded through the capacitance of the human body at the touched point.
  • the touch position detection circuit detects the grounding of the transparent electrode, and the touched position is detected.
  • the thickness of the touch sensor panel may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more and 2000 ⁇ m or less, and may be 5 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • the laminated body 100 can have one or more retardation layers between the polarizer layer 103 and the back plate 105.
  • the retardation layer is formed through a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, or a layer composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive or an adhesive other than these layers (hereinafter, also referred to as a bonding layer). (Including other retardation layers.) Can be laminated on top.
  • the retardation layer examples include a positive A plate such as a ⁇ / 4 plate and a ⁇ / 2 plate, a positive C plate, and the like.
  • the retardation layer may be, for example, a retardation film that can be formed from the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin film, or contains a layer obtained by curing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, that is, a cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. It may be a layer, but the latter is preferable.
  • the thickness of the retardation film may be the same as the thickness of the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin film.
  • the thickness of the retardation layer obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 6 ⁇ m or less.
  • the retardation layer formed by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be formed by applying a composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to a base film and curing it.
  • An orientation layer may be formed between the base film and the coating layer.
  • the material and thickness of the base film may be the same as the material and thickness of the thermoplastic resin film described above.
  • the retardation layer formed by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be incorporated into the laminate 100 in the form of having an alignment layer and / or a base film.
  • the back plate 105 may be a base film to which the above composition is applied.
  • the bonding layer is a layer arranged between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, and is a layer composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive or an adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the bonding layer may be the same pressure-sensitive adhesive as exemplified for the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition constituting the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, or other pressure-sensitive adhesives.
  • it may be a (meth) acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, a styrene-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a silicone-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a polyester-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, an epoxy-based copolymer pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like.
  • the adhesive constituting the bonded layer for example, one or two or more of water-based adhesives, active energy ray-curable adhesives, adhesives and the like can be combined to form the adhesive.
  • the water-based adhesive include a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin aqueous solution, a water-based two-component urethane-based emulsion adhesive, and the like.
  • the active energy ray-curable adhesive is an adhesive that cures by irradiating with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays, and includes, for example, a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerizable initiator, a photoreactive resin, and the like. Examples thereof include those containing a binder resin and a photoreactive cross-linking agent.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include photopolymerizable monomers such as a photocurable epoxy monomer, a photocurable acrylic monomer, and a photocurable urethane monomer, and oligomers derived from these monomers.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include substances that generate active species such as neutral radicals, anionic radicals, and cationic radicals by irradiating them with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.
  • the thickness of the bonded layer may be, for example, 1 ⁇ m or more, preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 15 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 2.5 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the laminate 200 includes a front plate 101, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102, a polarizer layer 103, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, and a back surface plate 105.
  • the bonded layer 108, the first retardation layer 106, the bonding layer 109, and the second retardation layer 107 can be further provided.
  • the laminates 100 and 200 can be manufactured by a method including a step of laminating the layers constituting the laminates 100 and 200 via an adhesive layer or an adhesive layer.
  • a surface activation treatment such as corona treatment for the purpose of improving adhesion. preferable.
  • the polarizer layer 103 can be formed directly on the thermoplastic resin film or the base film, and the thermoplastic resin film or the base film may be incorporated into the laminates 100 and 200, or It does not have to be separated from the polarizer layer 103 to become a component of the laminate.
  • the display device includes the above-mentioned laminates 100 and 200.
  • the display device is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an image display device such as an organic EL display device, an inorganic EL display device, a liquid crystal display device, and an electroluminescent display device.
  • the display device may have a touch panel function. Since the laminates 100 and 200 have improved durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, they are suitable for a flexible display device capable of bending or bending.
  • the laminated bodies 100 and 200 are arranged on the visible side of the display element of the display device with the front plate facing the outside (the side opposite to the display element side, that is, the visual recognition side). It is preferable that the display device can be bent with the front plate 101 side of the laminated bodies 100 and 200 facing outward.
  • the display device can be used as a mobile device such as a smartphone or tablet, a television, a digital photo frame, an electronic signboard, a measuring instrument, an instrument, an office device, a medical device, a computer device, or the like.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth) acrylic polymer A was determined by the following size exclusion chromatography (SEC) using tetrahydrofuran as the mobile phase as the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn).
  • the (meth) acrylic polymer A to be measured was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran at a concentration of about 0.05% by mass, and 10 ⁇ L was injected into SEC. The mobile phase was flowed at a flow rate of 1.0 mL / min.
  • PLgel MIXED-B manufactured by Polymer Laboratories
  • a UV-VIS detector (trade name: Agilent GPC) was used as the detector.
  • ⁇ Layer thickness> The measurement was performed using a contact type film thickness measuring device (“MS-5C” manufactured by Nikon Corporation). However, the polarizer layer and the alignment film were measured using a laser microscope (“OLS3000” manufactured by Olympus Corporation).
  • the strain repeated addition test was performed by using a viscoelasticity measuring device (MCR-301, Antonio Par).
  • the specific test method is as follows. That is, an adhesive having a thickness of 200 ⁇ m is obtained by cutting an adhesive sheet (adhesive sheet A11, adhesive sheet A12, etc.) on which an adhesive layer described later is formed into a width of 20 mm ⁇ a length of 20 mm, peeling off a release film, and laminating eight sheets.
  • a reference layer (a first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer) was formed. Next, this pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer was bonded to a glass plate.
  • the shear creep value (unit: "%") at 25 ° C. was determined using the following methods. That is, the shear creep value at 25 ° C. was determined by measuring using the above-mentioned viscoelasticity measuring device (MCR-301, Antonio Par). Specifically, the temperature of the pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer on the glass plate before the strain repeated addition test or after the strain repeated addition test is adhered to the measuring chip in the apparatus. The shear creep value at that time was determined by allowing 1200 seconds to elapse under the conditions of 25 ° C., Normal Force 1N, and Torque 1200 ⁇ Nm.
  • each value obtained as the shear creep value before and after executing the strain repeated addition test was divided by the thickness (200 ⁇ m) of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer or the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer.
  • the second shear creep rate (R1B) which is the shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m of the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before the addition test is performed, and the thickness of 1 ⁇ m with respect to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after the strain repeated addition test is performed.
  • the third shear creep rate (R2A), which is the shear creep value per unit, and the fourth first shear creep rate (R2A), which is the shear creep value per 1 ⁇ m in thickness with respect to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before performing the strain iterative addition test. R2B) was calculated. Subsequently, the second shear creep rate was subtracted from the first shear creep rate, and the fourth shear creep rate was subtracted from the third shear creep rate, so that the subtracted values were obtained as ⁇ R1 and ⁇ R2, respectively.
  • the gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A12) was measured according to the following (I) to (V).
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an area of about 8 cm ⁇ about 8 cm and a metal mesh (whose mass is Wm) made of SUS304 having an area of about 10 cm ⁇ about 10 cm are bonded together.
  • (meth) acrylic polymer A This is referred to as (meth) acrylic polymer A.
  • the structural unit derived from 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, which is a hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated monomer in the (meth) acrylic polymer A, is 1% by mass, and is derived from acrylic acid, which is a carboxyl group-containing unsaturated monomer.
  • the structural unit to be used is 0.4% by mass.
  • Adhesive Composition A11 100 parts by mass (solid content conversion value; the same applies hereinafter) of the (meth) acrylic polymer A obtained in the above step and polyisocyanate as a thermal cross-linking agent B (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd., Product name "Coronate L”) and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shinetsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., product name "KBM403”) as a silane coupling agent C are mixed, stirred well and diluted with methyl ethyl ketone. A coating solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11 was obtained.
  • Table 1 shows each formulation (solid content conversion value) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11 when the (meth) acrylic polymer is 100 parts by mass (solid content conversion value).
  • the abbreviation "BA” in Table 1 represents n-butyl acrylate, "2EHA” represents 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and "AA” represents acrylic acid.
  • the Tg (° C.) of these BA, 2EHA and AA was determined by differential thermal analysis (DTA).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A11 is also referred to as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A11.
  • Adhesive Composition A12 With respect to 100 parts by mass of the (meth) acrylic polymer A, the amount of Coronate L, which is a heat-crosslinking agent, is as shown in Table 1, but the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11. A coating solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A12 was obtained by using the same preparation method.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A12 was produced by using the coating solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A12 in the same manner as in the production process of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A11.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A12 is also referred to as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A12.
  • Table 1 shows each formulation (solid content conversion value) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A12 when the (meth) acrylic polymer is 100 parts by mass (solid content conversion value). Table 1 also shows the gel fraction values of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A12 obtained by the above method.
  • OCA8146-02 and CEF3004 were prepared as commercially available adhesive sheets.
  • Adhesive Composition B11 The contents of the above (meth) acrylic polymer B1, the active energy ray-polymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator are mixed so as to be in the ratio shown in Table 3. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition B11 was produced.
  • Adhesive Sheet B11 The adhesive composition B11 was applied onto a release film that had been subjected to a silicon mold release treatment so as to have a thickness of 25 ⁇ m. After further laminating a release film on the coating film, an adhesive sheet B11 was prepared by irradiating with ultraviolet rays (integrated light amount 400 mJ / cm 2 , illuminance 1.8 mW / cm 2 , UVV standard).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet B11 is also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B11.
  • Adhesive Composition B21 The contents of the (meth) acrylic polymer B2, the active energy ray-polymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator are mixed so as to be in the ratios shown in Table 3. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition B21 was produced.
  • Adhesive Sheet B21 The adhesive composition B21 was applied onto a release film that had been subjected to a silicon mold release treatment so as to have a thickness of 25 ⁇ m. After further laminating a release film on the coating film, an adhesive sheet B21 was prepared by irradiating with ultraviolet rays (integrated light amount 400 mJ / cm 2 , illuminance 1.8 mW / cm 2 , UVV standard).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet B21 is also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B21.
  • LA lauryl acrylate
  • 2-EHA 2-ethylhexyl acrylate
  • 2-HEA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • 2-PHA 2-propyl heptyl acrylate
  • C22A represents behenyl acrylate
  • ODA octyl decyl acrylate
  • IBOA isobornyl acrylate
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer having a thickness of 200 ⁇ m was prepared for each of the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets according to the above-mentioned method, and the strain repeat-addition test was performed before and after the strain-repeated addition test was performed on each pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer. Later, the shear creep value (%) and the difference in shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m) were determined. The results are shown in Table 4. Table 4 also shows the numerical values of the shear creep rate (% / ⁇ m) before performing the strain repeated addition test in each pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer.
  • TAC film with a thickness of 25 ⁇ m 2 Composition for forming an alignment film ⁇ Polymer 1> Polymer 1 having a photoreactive group consisting of the following structural units was prepared.
  • composition (D-1) A solution in which polymer 1 was dissolved in cyclopentanone at a concentration of 5% by mass was prepared as a composition for forming an alignment film [hereinafter, also referred to as composition (D-1)].
  • composition for forming a polarizer layer As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the formula (1-1) [hereinafter, also referred to as compound (1-1)] and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the formula (1-2) [hereinafter, Compound (1-2)] was prepared.
  • ⁇ Dichroic pigment> As the dichroic dye, the azo dye described in Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-101328 represented by the following formulas (2-1a), (2-1b) and (2-3a) was prepared.
  • composition (A-1) has 75 parts by mass of compound (1-1), 25 parts by mass of compound (1-2), and the above formula as a bicolor dye.
  • BYK-361N polyacrylate compound manufactured by BYK-Chemie
  • composition for forming a protective layer [hereinafter, also referred to as composition (E-1)] is water: 100 parts by mass, polyvinyl alcohol resin powder (Co., Ltd.). ) Made by Kuraray, average degree of polymerization 18000, trade name: KL-318): 3 parts by mass, polyamide epoxy resin (crosslinking agent, manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd., trade name: SR650 (30)): 1.5 parts by mass Was prepared by mixing.
  • the composition for forming an alignment film was coated on the TAC film side as follows. That is, first, the TAC film side was subjected to the corona treatment once. The conditions for corona treatment were an output of 0.3 kW and a processing speed of 3 m / min. Then, the composition (D-1) obtained as described above was applied onto the TAC by the bar coating method, and dried by heating in a drying oven at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. The obtained dry film was subjected to polarized UV irradiation treatment to form a first alignment film (AL1).
  • A1 first alignment film
  • the light emitted from the UV irradiation device (SPOT CURE SP-7; manufactured by Ushio, Inc.) is transmitted through a wire grid (UIS-27132 ##, manufactured by Ushio, Inc.) to have a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • the test was performed under the condition that the integrated light amount measured in 1 was 100 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the thickness of the first alignment film (AL1) was 100 nm.
  • composition for forming a polarizer layer was coated on the alignment film side as follows. That is, first, the composition (A-1) was applied onto the first alignment film (AL1) by the bar coating method, heated and dried in a drying oven at 120 ° C. for 1 minute, and then cooled to room temperature.
  • a polarizing layer (pol) was formed by irradiating the dry film with ultraviolet rays at an integrated light amount of 1200 mJ / cm 2 (365 nm standard) using the above UV irradiation device. The thickness of the obtained polarizer layer (pol) was measured with a laser microscope (OLS3000 manufactured by Olympus Corporation) and found to be 1.8 ⁇ m. In this way, a laminate composed of "TAC / AL1 / pol" was obtained.
  • composition for forming a protective layer was coated on the polarizer layer side as follows. That is, the composition (E-1) is applied onto the polarizer layer (pol) by a bar coating method, coated so that the thickness after drying is 1.0 ⁇ m, and the temperature is 80 ° C. for 3 minutes. It was dry. In this way, a laminate composed of "TAC film / cPL (AL1 + pol + protective layer)" was obtained.
  • composition (D-1) Composition (D-1)).
  • composition for forming a retardation layer The composition (B-1) was obtained by mixing each of the following components and stirring the obtained mixture at 80 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • Polymerization initiator (Irgacure369, 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butane-1-one, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.): 6 parts by mass leveling agent (BYK-361N, polyacrylate compound, BYK) -Chemie): 0.1 parts by mass Solvent (cyclopentanone): 400 parts by mass.
  • the composition for forming an alignment film was coated on the PET film as follows. That is, a polyethylene terephthalate film (PET) having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m was prepared as a base material, the composition (D-1) was applied onto the film by the bar coating method, and the film was heated and dried in a drying oven at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. The obtained dry film was subjected to polarized UV irradiation treatment to form a second alignment film (AL2). The polarized UV treatment was carried out under the condition that the integrated light amount measured at a wavelength of 365 nm was 100 mJ / cm 2 using the above UV irradiation device. The polarization direction of the polarized UV was set to 45 ° with respect to the absorption axis of the polarizer layer. In this way, a laminate composed of "base material (PET) / second alignment film (AL2)" was obtained.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate film
  • AL2 polarized UV irradiation treatment
  • composition for forming a retardation layer was coated on the alignment film side of the PET film as follows. That is, the composition (B-1) is applied on the second alignment film (AL2) of the laminate composed of the above “base material (PET) / second alignment film (AL2)" by the bar coating method, and the temperature is 120 ° C. After heating and drying in a drying oven for 1 minute, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. A retardation layer was formed by irradiating the obtained dry film with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light intensity of 1000 mJ / cm 2 (365 nm standard) using the above UV irradiation device.
  • the thickness of the obtained retardation layer was measured with a laser microscope (OLS3000 manufactured by Olympus Corporation) and found to be 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • the retardation layer was a ⁇ / 4 plate (QWP) showing a retardation value of ⁇ / 4 in the in-plane direction. In this way, a laminate composed of "base material (PET) / retardation portion (AL2 + QWP)" was obtained.
  • Acrylic resin 100 parts by mass Cross-linking agent (“Coronate L” manufactured by Tosoh Corporation): 1.0 parts by mass Silane coupling agent (“X-12-981” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.5 parts by mass.
  • the above pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was prepared by adding ethyl acetate so that the total solid content concentration was 10% by mass.
  • Laminates were manufactured by the procedure shown in FIGS. 3A to 3E.
  • the above-mentioned polarizer layer 410 [TAC film 301 / cPL ((AL1 + pol) 302 / OC layer 303)] and the above-mentioned common adhesive sheet 420 (light separator 304 / common adhesive layer). 305 / heavy separator 306) was prepared.
  • corona treatment output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min
  • the first laminated body precursor 430 shown in FIG. 3 (b) was obtained. Further, as shown in FIG. 3B, the above-mentioned retardation layer 440 [base material (PET) 308 / retardation section (AL2 + QWP) 307] was prepared.
  • the surface from which the retardation portion 307 side of the retardation layer 440 and the heavy separator 306 of the first laminated body precursor 430 were peeled off was subjected to corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min), and then.
  • corona treatment output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min
  • the second laminated body precursor 450 shown in FIG. 3C was obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A11 was prepared as the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 460 (first release film 309 / adhesive layer 310 / second release film 311).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 310 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 460 corresponds to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • Corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min) was applied to the surface from which the base material (PET) 308 of the second laminate precursor 450 was peeled off and the surface from which the first release film 309 of the adhesive sheet 460 was peeled off.
  • the third laminated precursor precursor 470 shown in FIG. 3D was obtained by laminating.
  • the adhesive sheet A12 was prepared as the adhesive sheet 490 (first release film 314 / adhesive layer 315 / second release film 316), and the surface from which the first release film 314 was peeled and the above-mentioned front plate 480 (polyimide) were prepared.
  • 3D is formed by applying corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min) to the polyimide film 313 side of the film 313 / hard coat layer 312) and then laminating them. A precursor 500 was obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 315 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 490 corresponds to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the surface from which the second release film 316 of the fourth laminated body precursor 500 was peeled off and the TAC301 side of the third laminated body precursor 470 were subjected to corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min).
  • the sixth laminated body precursor 300 shown in FIG. 3 (e) was obtained by laminating.
  • the second release film 311 was peeled off in the sixth laminated body precursor 300, and the peeled surface and one surface of the PET film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m prepared as the back plate were subjected to corona treatment (output 0.3 kW,
  • the laminate of Example 1 was obtained by laminating after applying a treatment speed of 3 m / min).
  • the laminate of Example 1 has a thickness of 240 ⁇ m and a shape of 190 mm in length ⁇ 150 mm in width.
  • Examples 2 to 5, Comparative Examples 1 to 2 By applying the same manufacturing method as the laminate of Example 1 except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer shown in Table 5 was used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets A11 and A12 used in Example 1, Examples Laminates of 2 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were produced.
  • Table 5 lists the types of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions used to form the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with respect to the laminates of Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2. .. Examples 1 to 5 satisfy the relationship of ⁇ R1> ⁇ R2, and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 have a relationship of ⁇ R1 ⁇ ⁇ R2.
  • ⁇ Bending durability test (mandrel test)> A test piece having a length of 100 mm and a width of 10 mm was cut out from the laminated body of each Example and each Comparative Example using a super cutter.
  • a bending resistance tester (cylindrical mandrel method) manufactured by TP Giken Co., Ltd. was used, and the test piece was placed on a cylindrical mandrel (cylindrical mandrel method) so that the back plate of the test piece (laminate) was on the inside.
  • a bending durability test (mandrel test) was performed in which the test piece was bent along the length direction at a temperature of 25 ° C. by wrapping it around the mandrel).
  • the minimum diameter of the mandrel that does not generate air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the test piece (laminated body) was determined, and ranked based on the following criteria.
  • the bending durability test it can be evaluated that the smaller the value of this minimum diameter, the better the bending durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • D Bubbles were generated in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer when wound around a mandrel exceeding ⁇ 20 mm.
  • ⁇ Surface hardness test> A pencil hardness tester (PHT, manufactured by SUKBO SCIENCE Co., Ltd.) was used to apply a load of 100 g to the surface of the back plate in the laminate of each example and each comparative example at a temperature of 25 ° C. A concave mark was formed on the surface with a pencil (manufactured by Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd., core hardness is 6B).
  • the surface hardness of the laminates of each Example and each Comparative Example was evaluated by determining the time until the recess marks disappeared and ranking them based on the following criteria. In this surface hardness test, it can be evaluated that the shorter the time until the recess marks disappear, the better the surface hardness.
  • C Recess marks disappeared in 60 minutes or more and less than 90 minutes
  • D Recess marks disappeared even after 90 minutes passed Did not disappear.
  • Examples 1 to 5 satisfy the relationship of ⁇ R1> ⁇ R2 and are superior in evaluation of bending durability and surface hardness to Comparative Examples 1 and 2 having a relationship of ⁇ R1 ⁇ ⁇ R2.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a multilayer body which has improved durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in an adhesive layer. The present invention provides a multilayer body which sequentially comprises a front plate, a first adhesive layer that is formed using a first adhesive composition, a polarizer layer, a second adhesive layer that is formed using a second adhesive composition, and a back plate in this order, and which is configured such that if a first adhesive basis layer is formed using the first adhesive composition and a second adhesive basis layer is formed using the second adhesive composition so that the thickness of the first adhesive basis layer is equal to the thickness of the second adhesive basis layer, the first adhesive basis layer and the second adhesive basis layer satisfy the relational expression ∆R1 > ∆R2.

Description

積層体およびそれを含む表示装置Laminates and display devices containing them
 本発明は、積層体およびそれを含む表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a laminate and a display device including the laminate.
 韓国特許第10-2016-0053788号明細書(特許文献1)および韓国特許第10-2017-0093610号明細書(特許文献2)には、それぞれ複数の粘着剤層を有する表示装置用積層体が記載されている。 Korean Patent No. 10-2016-0053788 (Patent Document 1) and Korean Patent No. 10-2017-093610 (Patent Document 2) each include a laminate for a display device having a plurality of pressure-sensitive adhesive layers. Are listed.
韓国特許第10-2016-0053788号明細書Korean Patent No. 10-2016-0053788 韓国特許第10-2017-0093610号明細書Korean Patent No. 10-2017-093610
 この種の積層体に採用される粘着剤層は、一般に外部応力を緩和する応力緩和性能に優れる。しかし上記積層体を常温において屈曲した場合、上記粘着剤層中に気泡が発生することが多いため、上記粘着剤層の耐久性を向上させることが求められている。 The adhesive layer used in this type of laminate is generally excellent in stress relaxation performance for relieving external stress. However, when the laminate is bent at room temperature, bubbles are often generated in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, so that it is required to improve the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 上記実情に鑑み、本発明は、粘着剤層における気泡の発生を抑制することにより耐久性を向上させた積層体およびそれを含む表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a laminate having improved durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a display device containing the same.
 本発明は、以下の積層体およびそれを含む表示装置を提供する。
〔1〕 前面板と、第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第1粘着剤層と、偏光子層と、第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第2粘着剤層と、背面板とをこの順に含む積層体であって、
 第1粘着剤基準層の厚みと第2粘着剤基準層の厚みとが同じになるように、前記第1粘着剤組成物を用いて第1粘着剤基準層を形成し、前記第2粘着剤組成物を用いて第2粘着剤基準層を形成した場合、前記第1粘着剤基準層と前記第2粘着剤基準層とは、下記式(1)の関係を満たす、積層体。
ΔR1>ΔR2  (1)
[式(1)中、ΔR1は、R1AからR1Bを減算した値を表し、
 ΔR2は、R2AからR2Bを減算した値を表し、
 前記R1Aは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の前記第1粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第1せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表し、
 前記R1Bは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の前記第1粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第2せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表し、
 前記R2Aは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の前記第2粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第3せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を示し、
 前記R2Bは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の前記第2粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第4せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表す。]
〔2〕 前記第4せん断クリープ率(%/μm)は、0.1以上0.2以下である、〔1〕に記載の積層体。
〔3〕 前記第1粘着剤層および前記第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方は、その厚みが20μm以上50μm以下である、〔1〕または〔2〕に記載の積層体。
〔4〕 前記偏光子層と前記背面板との間に、1層以上の位相差層を有する、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。
〔5〕 前記背面板は、タッチセンサパネルである、〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。
〔6〕 〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれか1項に記載の積層体を含む表示装置。
〔7〕 前記前面板側を外側にして屈曲可能である、〔6〕に記載の表示装置。
The present invention provides the following laminate and a display device including the following.
[1] A front plate, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, a polarizer layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It is a laminated body including the back plate in this order.
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used to form the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same. When the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed by using the composition, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfy the relationship of the following formula (1).
ΔR1> ΔR2 (1)
[In equation (1), ΔR1 represents the value obtained by subtracting R1B from R1A.
ΔR2 represents the value obtained by subtracting R2B from R2A.
The R1A represents a first shear creep rate (% / μm) which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained for the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing a strain repeated addition test.
The R1B represents a second shear creep rate (% / μm), which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained with respect to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before executing the strain repeated addition test.
The R2A indicates a third shear creep rate (% / μm), which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained for the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing a strain repeated addition test.
The R2B represents a fourth shear creep rate (% / μm), which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness obtained at 25 ° C. with respect to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before executing the strain repeated addition test. ]
[2] The laminate according to [1], wherein the fourth shear creep rate (% / μm) is 0.1 or more and 0.2 or less.
[3] The laminate according to [1] or [2], wherein at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 20 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
[4] The laminate according to any one of [1] to [3], which has one or more retardation layers between the polarizer layer and the back plate.
[5] The laminate according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the back plate is a touch sensor panel.
[6] A display device including the laminate according to any one of [1] to [5].
[7] The display device according to [6], which can be bent with the front plate side facing outward.
 本発明によれば、粘着剤層における気泡の発生を抑制することにより耐久性を向上させた積層体およびそれを含む表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a laminate having improved durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a display device containing the same.
本発明に係る積層体の一例を示す概略断面図である。It is the schematic sectional drawing which shows an example of the laminated body which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る積層体の他の一例を示す概略断面図である。It is schematic cross-sectional view which shows another example of the laminated body which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る積層体に関し、その製造方法を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the manufacturing method about the laminated body which concerns on this invention.
 以下、図面を参照して、本発明の一態様に係る積層体(以下、単に「積層体」ともいう)について説明する。 Hereinafter, a laminated body according to one aspect of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “laminated body”) will be described with reference to the drawings.
 〔積層体〕
 図1に本発明の一態様に係る積層体の概略断面図を示す。積層体100は、前面板101と、第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第1粘着剤層102と、偏光子層103と、第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第2粘着剤層104と、背面板105とをこの順に含む。以下、第1粘着剤層102および第2粘着剤層104を総称して「粘着剤層」ということがある。
[Laminate]
FIG. 1 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the laminated body according to one aspect of the present invention. The laminate 100 is formed by using the front plate 101, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the polarizer layer 103, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 and the back plate 105 are included in this order. Hereinafter, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 may be generically referred to as a “pressure-sensitive adhesive layer”.
 積層体100の厚みは、積層体に求められる機能および積層体の用途等に応じて異なるため特に限定されないが、例えば30μm以上1500μm以下であり、好ましくは40μm以上1000μm以下であり、より好ましく50μm以上500μm以下である。 The thickness of the laminated body 100 is not particularly limited because it varies depending on the function required for the laminated body, the application of the laminated body, etc. It is 500 μm or less.
 積層体100の平面視形状は、例えば方形形状であってよく、好ましくは長辺と短辺とを有する方形形状であり、より好ましくは長方形である。積層体100の面方向の形状が長方形である場合、長辺の長さは、例えば10mm以上1400mm以下であってよく、好ましくは50mm以上600mm以下である。短辺の長さは、例えば5mm以上800mm以下であってよく、好ましくは30mm以上500mm以下であり、より好ましくは50mm以上300mm以下である。積層体を構成する各層は、角部がR加工されたり、端部が切り欠き加工されたり、穴あき加工されたりしていてもよい。 The plan view shape of the laminated body 100 may be, for example, a rectangular shape, preferably a rectangular shape having a long side and a short side, and more preferably a rectangular shape. When the shape of the laminated body 100 in the plane direction is rectangular, the length of the long side may be, for example, 10 mm or more and 1400 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or more and 600 mm or less. The length of the short side may be, for example, 5 mm or more and 800 mm or less, preferably 30 mm or more and 500 mm or less, and more preferably 50 mm or more and 300 mm or less. Each layer constituting the laminate may have corners R-processed, end portions notched, or perforated.
 積層体100は、例えば表示装置等に適用することができる。表示装置は特に限定されず、例えば有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(有機EL)表示装置、無機エレクトロルミネッセンス(無機EL)表示装置、液晶表示装置、電界発光表示装置等が挙げられる。表示装置はタッチパネル機能を有していてよい。さらに積層体100を適用した表示装置は、屈曲または巻回等が可能なフレキシブルディスプレイとして用いることができる。表示装置は、前面板101側を外側にして屈曲可能であることが好ましい。ただし積層体100は、前面板101側を内側にして屈曲することが可能であってもよい。 The laminated body 100 can be applied to, for example, a display device or the like. The display device is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display device, an inorganic electroluminescence (inorganic EL) display device, a liquid crystal display device, and an electroluminescent display device. The display device may have a touch panel function. Further, the display device to which the laminated body 100 is applied can be used as a flexible display that can be bent or wound. The display device is preferably bendable with the front plate 101 side facing outward. However, the laminated body 100 may be able to be bent with the front plate 101 side inside.
 [粘着剤層(第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第1粘着剤層、および第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第2粘着剤層)]
 積層体100は、上述のように第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第1粘着剤層102と、第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第2粘着剤層104とを含む。積層体100において、第1粘着剤層102を形成するのに用いられる第1粘着剤組成物、および第2粘着剤層104を形成するのに用いられる第2粘着剤組成物の間には、以下の関係が構築される。すなわち、第1粘着剤基準層の厚みと第2粘着剤基準層の厚みとが同じになるように、上記第1粘着剤組成物を用いて第1粘着剤基準層を形成し、上記第2粘着剤組成物を用いて第2粘着剤基準層を形成した場合、上記第1粘着剤基準層と上記第2粘着剤基準層とは、下記式(1)の関係を満たす。第1粘着剤基準層の厚み、および第2粘着剤基準層の厚みは、例えば200μmであることができる。
ΔR1>ΔR2  (1)
[式(1)中、ΔR1は、R1AからR1Bを減算した値を表し、
 ΔR2は、R2AからR2Bを減算した値を表し、
 R1Aは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の第1粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第1せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表し、
 R1Bは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の第1粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第2せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表し、
 R2Aは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の第2粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第3せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を示し、
 R2Bは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の第2粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第4せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表す。]。
[Adhesive layer (first adhesive layer formed by using the first adhesive composition and second adhesive layer formed by using the second adhesive composition)]
The laminate 100 includes a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition as described above, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. .. In the laminate 100, between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, The following relationships are built. That is, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed. When the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfy the relationship of the following formula (1). The thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer can be, for example, 200 μm.
ΔR1> ΔR2 (1)
[In equation (1), ΔR1 represents the value obtained by subtracting R1B from R1A.
ΔR2 represents the value obtained by subtracting R2B from R2A.
R1A represents the first shear creep rate (% / μm), which is the shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C., which was obtained for the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing the strain repeated addition test.
R1B represents the second shear creep rate (% / μm), which is the shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C., which was obtained for the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before performing the strain repeated addition test.
R2A indicates a third shear creep rate (% / μm), which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C., which was obtained for the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing the strain repeated addition test.
R2B represents the fourth shear creep rate (% / μm), which is the shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C., which was obtained for the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before the strain repeated addition test was performed. ].
 なお、25℃におけるせん断クリープ値(%)、R1Aを表す第1せん断クリープ率(%/μm)、R1Bを表す第2せん断クリープ率(%/μm)、R2Aを表す第3せん断クリープ率(%/μm)およびR2Bを表す第4せん断クリープ率(%/μm)は、それぞれ後述の実施例の欄に記載される測定方法に従って求めることができる。 The shear creep value (%) at 25 ° C., the first shear creep rate (% / μm) representing R1A, the second shear creep rate (% / μm) representing R1B, and the third shear creep rate (%) representing R2A. The fourth shear creep rate (% / μm) representing (/ μm) and R2B can be determined according to the measurement methods described in the columns of Examples described later, respectively.
 積層体100では、これに含まれる粘着剤層である第1粘着剤層102および第2粘着剤層104が、上記式(1)の関係を満たす第1粘着剤基準層および第2粘着剤基準層を構成可能な第1粘着剤組成物および第2粘着剤組成物を用いることにより形成される。この場合において積層体100は、粘着剤層において気泡の発生を抑制することにより耐久性を向上させることができる。特に積層体100は、前面板101側を外側にして屈曲させた場合において、粘着剤層中の気泡の発生をより一層抑制することができる。したがって積層体100は、前面板側を外側にして屈曲させる方式(所謂アウトフォールディング方式)の積層体、およびそれを含む表示装置に用いることが好適である。 In the laminated body 100, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, which are the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers contained therein, are the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive standard that satisfy the relationship of the above formula (1). It is formed by using a first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that can form a layer. In this case, the laminate 100 can improve the durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In particular, when the laminated body 100 is bent with the front plate 101 side facing outward, the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be further suppressed. Therefore, the laminated body 100 is preferably used for a laminated body of a method (so-called outfolding method) in which the front plate side is turned outward and a display device including the laminated body 100.
 第1粘着剤層102および第2粘着剤層104が、上記式(1)の関係を満たす第1粘着剤基準層および第2粘着剤基準層を構成可能な第1粘着剤組成物および第2粘着剤組成物からそれぞれ形成される場合、上述した効果が得られる理由は、詳細には明らかではないが、次のメカニズムによるものと考えられる。まず本発明者らによる研究の過程において、前面板側を外側にして積層体を屈曲させたとき、粘着剤層中に気泡が発生する場合があることを知見した。その場合において気泡が発生する箇所は、その多くが前面板から遠い側の粘着剤層、すなわち第2粘着剤層側であることを明らかにした。 A first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 can form a first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfying the relationship of the above formula (1). The reason why the above-mentioned effects are obtained when each of the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions is formed is not clear in detail, but is considered to be due to the following mechanism. First, in the process of research by the present inventors, it was found that when the laminate is bent with the front plate side on the outside, air bubbles may be generated in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In that case, it was clarified that most of the places where bubbles are generated are on the side of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer far from the front plate, that is, on the side of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 ここで第1粘着剤基準層および第2粘着剤基準層が上記式(1)の関係を満たす場合、上記第2粘着剤組成物は、上記第1粘着剤組成物に比べ、ひずみが反復して付加される前後において、せん断クリープ率(%/μm)の変化がより小さい組成物であることを意味する。さらに、せん断クリープ率(%/μm)の変化がより小さいという特徴は、外部応力に対抗して粘着剤層に固有の性質を維持することができる性能(すなわち耐久性)に優れていることを意味する。したがって第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成される粘着剤層(第2粘着剤層104)は、第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成される粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層102)に比べ、屈曲に対する耐久性により優れることができると考えられる。 Here, when the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfy the relationship of the above formula (1), the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is repeatedly strained as compared with the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It means that the composition has a smaller change in shear creep rate (% / μm) before and after being added. Furthermore, the feature that the change in shear creep rate (% / μm) is small is that it is excellent in performance (that is, durability) that can maintain the properties peculiar to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer against external stress. means. Therefore, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104) formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is formed on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102) formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. In comparison, it is considered that the durability against bending can be improved.
 以上から本発明者らは、前面板側を外側にして積層体を屈曲させたときに気泡が多発する前面板から遠い側の粘着剤層として、屈曲に対する耐久性により優れた第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成される粘着剤層(第2粘着剤層104)を配置した。これにより、前面板101側を外側にして積層体100を屈曲させた場合、粘着剤層中の気泡の発生を抑制することができる積層体100に到達した。具体的には、後述する実施例において示されるように、積層体100は、その背面板105側の内側に直径(φ)10mm超過15mm以下の円筒状治具である心棒(マンドレル)を配置し、上記心棒に沿って積層体100を折り曲げた場合であっても、粘着剤層中の気泡の発生を抑制することができる(以下、このような性能を「屈曲耐久性」に優れるともいう)。 From the above, the present inventors have a second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that is more durable against bending as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the side far from the front plate where bubbles frequently occur when the laminate is bent with the front plate side on the outside. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104) formed by using an object was arranged. As a result, when the laminated body 100 is bent with the front plate 101 side facing outward, the laminated body 100 is reached, which can suppress the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Specifically, as shown in Examples described later, the laminate 100 has a mandrel (mandrel), which is a cylindrical jig having a diameter (φ) of more than 10 mm and a diameter of 15 mm or less, arranged inside the back plate 105 side. Even when the laminate 100 is bent along the mandrel, the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be suppressed (hereinafter, such performance is also referred to as "excellent bending durability"). ..
 本明細書において「屈曲」には、曲げ部分に曲面が形成される折り曲げの形態が含まれる。折り曲げの形態においては、折り曲げた内面の曲率半径は特記しない限り制限されない。また「屈曲」には、特記しない限り内面の屈折角が0度より大きく180度未満である屈折の形態が含まれ、かつ内面の曲率半径がゼロに近似、または内面の屈折角が0度である折り畳みの形態が含まれる。 In the present specification, "bending" includes a form of bending in which a curved surface is formed in the bent portion. In the form of bending, the radius of curvature of the bent inner surface is not limited unless otherwise specified. Further, "bending" includes a form of refraction in which the refraction angle of the inner surface is larger than 0 degrees and less than 180 degrees unless otherwise specified, and the radius of curvature of the inner surface is close to zero, or the refraction angle of the inner surface is 0 degrees. Includes certain forms of folding.
 ΔR1およびΔR2の値は、それぞれ0.01~4であることが好ましく、0.05~0.5であることがより好ましく、0.05~0.2であることがさらに好ましい。 The values of ΔR1 and ΔR2 are preferably 0.01 to 4, more preferably 0.05 to 0.5, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.2, respectively.
 第1せん断クリープ率R1A(%/μm)は、0.05~1.0であることが好ましく、0.2~0.5であることがより好ましい。第2せん断クリープ率R1B(%/μm)は、0.01~0.3であることが好ましく、0.05~0.2であることがより好ましい。第3せん断クリープ率R2A(%/μm)は、0.05~1.0であることが好ましく、0.2~0.5であることがより好ましい。第4せん断クリープ率R2B(%/μm)は、0.01~0.3であることが好ましく、0.05~0.2であることがより好ましい。 The first shear creep rate R1A (% / μm) is preferably 0.05 to 1.0, and more preferably 0.2 to 0.5. The second shear creep rate R1B (% / μm) is preferably 0.01 to 0.3, and more preferably 0.05 to 0.2. The third shear creep ratio R2A (% / μm) is preferably 0.05 to 1.0, and more preferably 0.2 to 0.5. The fourth shear creep ratio R2B (% / μm) is preferably 0.01 to 0.3, and more preferably 0.05 to 0.2.
 積層体100において、上記第4せん断クリープ率(%/μm)は、0.1以上0.2以下であることが好ましい。この場合、第2粘着剤層104が優れた柔軟性および耐久性に加え、適度な硬度も備える粘着剤層となるため、積層体100に優れた表面硬度を付与することができる。具体的には、後述する実施例において示されるように、積層体100の背面板105の表面に対し、芯の硬さが6Bである鉛筆を用いて100gの荷重を付加した場合、上記表面に形成された凹部痕を1時間未満で消滅させることができる(以下、このような性能を「表面硬度性」に優れるともいう)。 In the laminated body 100, the fourth shear creep rate (% / μm) is preferably 0.1 or more and 0.2 or less. In this case, since the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having not only excellent flexibility and durability but also appropriate hardness, it is possible to impart excellent surface hardness to the laminate 100. Specifically, as shown in Examples described later, when a load of 100 g is applied to the surface of the back plate 105 of the laminate 100 using a pencil having a core hardness of 6B, the surface is subjected to a load of 100 g. The formed recess marks can be eliminated in less than one hour (hereinafter, such performance is also referred to as "excellent in" surface hardness ").
 粘着剤層のゲル分率は、40~90%であることができ、50~80%であってもよい。粘着剤層のゲル分率は、後述の実施例に記載された方法により、測定される。 The gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be 40 to 90% and may be 50 to 80%. The gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 さらに積層体100において、第1粘着剤層102および第2粘着剤層104の少なくとも一方は、その厚みが20μm以上50μm以下であることが好ましい。 Further, in the laminated body 100, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 preferably has a thickness of 20 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
 ここで、上記式(1)の関係を満たす第1粘着剤基準層および第2粘着剤基準層を構成する第1粘着剤組成物および第2粘着剤組成物を調製する方法としては、これらを例えば後述する粘着剤組成物Aから構成したり、後述する(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAを構成するモノマーの種類を変更したり、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの分子量を調整したりする方法等が挙げられる。以下、粘着剤組成物Aについて具体的に説明する。 Here, as a method for preparing the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition constituting the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfying the relationship of the above formula (1), these are used. For example, a method of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A described later, changing the type of the monomer constituting the (meth) acrylic polymer A described later, adjusting the molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic polymer A, etc. Can be mentioned. Hereinafter, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A will be specifically described.
 <粘着剤組成物A>
 第1粘着剤層102と第2粘着剤層104とは、その両者の組成が異なるものの、いずれもその一形態において(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーを含む粘着剤組成物(以下、「粘着剤組成物A」ともいう)から形成されることができる。粘着剤組成物Aは、活性エネルギー線硬化型、熱硬化型であってもよい。本明細書において「(メタ)アクリル系ポリマー」とは、アクリル系ポリマーおよびメタクリル系ポリマーよりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を表す。その他の「(メタ)」を付した用語においても同様である。第1粘着剤組成物および第2粘着剤組成物に関し、いずれも(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーを含む場合、その(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーは同じであっても、異なっていてもよい。以下、粘着剤組成物Aに含まれる(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーを、「(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーA」ともいう。
<Adhesive composition A>
Although the composition of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the composition of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 are different from each other, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a (meth) acrylic polymer in one form thereof (hereinafter referred to as “pressure-sensitive adhesive composition”). It can also be formed from). The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may be an active energy ray-curable type or a thermosetting type. As used herein, the term "(meth) acrylic polymer" refers to at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic polymers and methacrylic polymers. The same applies to other terms with "(meta)". When both the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contain a (meth) acrylic polymer, the (meth) acrylic polymer may be the same or different. Hereinafter, the (meth) acrylic polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is also referred to as “(meth) acrylic polymer A”.
 (活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物)
 粘着剤組成物Aが活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物である場合、粘着剤組成物Aに含まれる(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、反応性官能基を有するモノマーに由来する構成単位が、好ましくは、ポリマーの全質量を基準に1質量%以下である。反応性官能基としては、例えば水酸基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、アミド基、およびエポキシ基等が挙げられる。これにより、粘着剤層の柔軟性が向上し、常温時の粘着剤層の気泡の発生を抑制し易くなる傾向にある。(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、反応性官能基を有するモノマーに由来する構成単位が、屈曲時の気泡の発生を抑制する観点から、より好ましくはポリマーの全質量を基準に0.01質量%以下であり、さらに好ましくは反応性官能基を有するモノマーに由来する構成単位を有さず、なおさらに好ましくは水酸基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、アミド基、およびエポキシ基を有しない。
(Active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)
When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the (meth) acrylic polymer A contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A has a structural unit derived from a monomer having a reactive functional group. Preferably, it is 1% by mass or less based on the total mass of the polymer. Examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an amide group, an epoxy group and the like. As a result, the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is improved, and it tends to be easy to suppress the generation of bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at room temperature. In the (meth) acrylic polymer A, the structural unit derived from the monomer having a reactive functional group is more preferably 0.01% by mass based on the total mass of the polymer from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of bubbles at the time of bending. It is more preferably free of structural units derived from monomers having reactive functional groups, and even more preferably free of hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amino groups, amide groups, and epoxy groups.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、直鎖状または分岐鎖状の炭素原子数1以上24以下のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル系モノマーに由来する構成単位を含むことができる。直鎖状または分岐鎖状の炭素原子数1以上24以下のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等であってよく、その例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル等が挙げられる。(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、上記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルの1種または2種以上をモノマーとする重合体または共重合体であってよい。粘着剤組成物A中の(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの含有量は、例えば粘着剤組成物Aの固形分100質量部に対して50質量%以上100質量%以下であってよく、好ましくは80質量%以上99.5質量%以下であり、より好ましくは90質量%以上99質量%以下である。 The (meth) acrylic polymer A can contain a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic monomer having a linear or branched chain-like alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms. The (meth) acrylic monomer having an alkyl group having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms in a linear or branched chain may be, for example, a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, and an example thereof is (meth). ) Butyl acrylate, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Examples thereof include isodecyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and isobornyl (meth) acrylate. The (meth) acrylic polymer A may be a polymer or a copolymer containing one or more of the above (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters as monomers. The content of the (meth) acrylic polymer A in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may be, for example, 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. It is by mass% or more and 99.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 90% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、例えば10万以上200万以下であってよく、屈曲時の気泡抑制の観点から好ましくは50万以上150万以下である。本明細書における重量平均分子量は、後述する実施例の欄において説明するように、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により測定した標準ポリスチレン換算の値に基づいて求めることができる。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth) acrylic polymer A may be, for example, 100,000 or more and 2 million or less, and preferably 500,000 or more and 1.5 million or less from the viewpoint of suppressing air bubbles at the time of bending. The weight average molecular weight in the present specification can be determined based on a standard polystyrene-equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, as described in the column of Examples described later.
 粘着剤組成物Aは、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAを1種または2種以上含むものであってよい。さらに粘着剤組成物Aは、その構成成分として(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAのみを含むものであってもよいし、架橋剤をさらに含有してもよい。架橋剤としては、2価以上の金属イオンであって、カルボキシル基との間でカルボン酸金属塩を形成するもの;ポリアミン化合物であって、カルボキシル基との間でアミド結合を形成するもの;ポリエポキシ化合物またはポリオールであって、カルボキシル基との間でエステル結合を形成するもの;ポリイソシアネート化合物であって、カルボキシル基との間でアミド結合を形成するもの等が挙げられる。中でも、ポリイソシアネート化合物が好ましい。粘着剤組成物Aが架橋剤を含む場合、架橋剤の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーA100質量部に対して、例えば5質量部以下であってよく、好ましくは3質量部以下、より好ましくは1質量部以下、さらに好ましくは0.5質量部以下である。粘着剤組成物Aは、架橋剤を含まない場合もある。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may contain one or more (meth) acrylic polymers A. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may contain only the (meth) acrylic polymer A as a constituent component thereof, or may further contain a cross-linking agent. The cross-linking agent is a divalent or higher metal ion that forms a carboxylic acid metal salt with a carboxyl group; a polyamine compound that forms an amide bond with a carboxyl group; poly. Examples include epoxy compounds or polyols that form an ester bond with a carboxyl group; polyisocyanate compounds that form an amide bond with a carboxyl group, and the like. Of these, polyisocyanate compounds are preferable. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A contains a cross-linking agent, the content of the cross-linking agent may be, for example, 5 parts by mass or less, preferably 3 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the (meth) acrylic polymer A. It is preferably 1 part by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 part by mass or less. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may not contain a cross-linking agent.
 活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物とは、紫外線または電子線のような活性エネルギー線の照射を受けて硬化する性質を有しており、活性エネルギー線照射前においても粘着性を有してフィルム等の被着体に密着させることができ、かつ活性エネルギー線の照射によって硬化して密着力等の調整ができる性質を有する粘着剤組成物である。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物は、紫外線硬化型であることが好ましい。 The active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition has a property of being cured by being irradiated with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams, and has adhesiveness even before irradiation with active energy rays. It is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition having the property of being able to adhere to an adherend such as, etc., and being cured by irradiation with active energy rays to adjust the adhesion force and the like. The active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably an ultraviolet-curable type.
 粘着剤組成物Aが活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物である場合、粘着剤組成物Aは、活性エネルギー線重合性化合物、光重合開始剤および光増感剤等をさらに含有することができる。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can further contain an active energy ray-polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, a photosensitizer, and the like. ..
 活性エネルギー線重合性化合物としては、例えば、分子内に少なくとも1個の(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー;官能基含有化合物を2種以上反応させて得られ、分子内に少なくとも2個の(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等の(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基含有化合物等である(メタ)アクリル系化合物が挙げられる。粘着剤組成物Aは、活性エネルギー線重合性化合物を、粘着剤組成物Aの固形分100質量部に対して0.1質量部以上10質量部以下含むことができる。 The active energy ray-polymerizable compound is, for example, a (meth) acrylate monomer having at least one (meth) acryloyloxy group in the molecule; obtained by reacting two or more kinds of functional group-containing compounds, and at least in the molecule. Examples thereof include (meth) acrylic compounds such as (meth) acryloyloxy group-containing compounds such as (meth) acrylate oligomers having two (meth) acryloyloxy groups. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can contain an active energy ray-polymerizable compound in an amount of 0.1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A.
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルケトン等が挙げられる。粘着剤組成物Aが光重合開始剤を含むとき、1種または2種以上を含むことができる。粘着剤組成物Aが光重合開始剤を含む場合、その全含有量は、例えば粘着剤組成物Aの固形分100質量部に対し0.01質量部以上1.0質量部以下であってよい。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzophenone, benzyl dimethyl ketal, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl ketone and the like. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A contains a photopolymerization initiator, it may contain one or more. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A contains a photopolymerization initiator, the total content thereof may be, for example, 0.01 part by mass or more and 1.0 part by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. ..
 粘着剤組成物Aは、光散乱性を付与するための微粒子、ビーズ(樹脂ビーズ、ガラスビーズ等)、ガラス繊維、ベースポリマー以外の樹脂、粘着性付与剤、充填剤(金属粉またはその他の無機粉末等)、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、染料、顔料、着色剤、消泡剤、腐食防止剤等の添加剤を含むことができる。粘着剤組成物Aは、残存溶剤による耐久性低下の問題を防ぐ観点から有機溶剤を含まないことが好ましい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A contains fine particles, beads (resin beads, glass beads, etc.), glass fibers, resins other than the base polymer, a pressure-sensitive imparting agent, and a filler (metal powder or other inorganic substances) for imparting light scattering properties. Additives such as powders), antioxidants, UV absorbers, dyes, pigments, colorants, antifoaming agents, corrosion inhibitors, etc. can be included. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A preferably does not contain an organic solvent from the viewpoint of preventing the problem of deterioration of durability due to the residual solvent.
 粘着剤層が粘着剤組成物Aから形成される場合、粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物Aを基材上に塗布することにより形成することができる。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物を用いた場合は、形成された粘着剤層に、活性エネルギー線を照射することにより所望の硬化度を有する硬化物とすることができる。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed by applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A on a substrate. When the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used, the formed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be irradiated with active energy rays to obtain a cured product having a desired degree of curing.
 (熱硬化型粘着剤組成物)
 粘着剤組成物Aが熱硬化型粘着剤組成物である場合、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として、アルキル基の炭素数が2~20の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルと、分子内に反応性官能基を有するモノマー(反応性官能基含有モノマー)とを含有することが好ましい。粘着剤組成物Aは、熱硬化型粘着剤組成物である場合、さらに熱架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。
(Thermosetting adhesive composition)
When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is a thermosetting pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the (meth) acrylic polymer A is a (meth) acrylic having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. It is preferable to contain an acid alkyl ester and a monomer having a reactive functional group in the molecule (reactive functional group-containing monomer). When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is a thermosetting pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it preferably further contains a heat-crosslinking agent.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として、アルキル基の炭素数が2~20の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを含有することにより、好ましい粘着性を発現することができる。アルキル基の炭素数が2~20の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルは、例えばガラス転移温度(Tg)が-40℃以下であるホモポリマー(以下「低Tgアルキルアクリレート」という場合がある。)を含むことが好ましい。上記低Tgアルキルアクリレートを構成モノマー単位として含有することにより、粘着剤層の柔軟性が向上し、もって屈曲時の気泡の発生をより容易に抑制することができる。(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAのガラス転移温度(Tg)は、示差熱分析法(DTA)などの従来公知の方法を用いることにより求めることができる。 The (meth) acrylic polymer A can exhibit preferable tackiness by containing a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. it can. The (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is, for example, a homopolymer having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of −40 ° C. or lower (hereinafter, may be referred to as “low Tg alkyl acrylate”). It is preferable to include it. By containing the low Tg alkyl acrylate as a constituent monomer unit, the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is improved, and the generation of bubbles at the time of bending can be more easily suppressed. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the (meth) acrylic polymer A can be determined by using a conventionally known method such as differential thermal analysis (DTA).
 低Tgアルキルアクリレートとしては、例えば、アクリル酸n-ブチル(Tg-54℃)、アクリル酸n-オクチル(Tg-65℃)、アクリル酸イソオクチル(Tg-58℃)、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(Tg-70℃)、アクリル酸イソノニル(Tg-58℃)、アクリル酸イソデシル(Tg-60℃)、メタクリル酸イソデシル(Tg-41℃)、メタクリル酸n-ラウリル(Tg-65℃)、アクリル酸トリデシル(Tg-55℃)、メタクリル酸トリデシル(-40℃)等が好ましく挙げられる。中でも、低Tgアルキルアクリレートとして、ホモポリマーのTgが、-45℃以下であるものであることがより好ましく、-50℃以下であるものであることが特に好ましい。具体的には、アクリル酸n-ブチルおよびアクリル酸2-エチルヘキシルが特に好ましい。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the low Tg alkyl acrylate include n-butyl acrylate (Tg-54 ° C.), n-octyl acrylate (Tg-65 ° C.), isooctyl acrylate (Tg-58 ° C.), and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (Tg). -70 ° C), isononyl acrylate (Tg-58 ° C), isodecyl acrylate (Tg-60 ° C), isodecyl methacrylate (Tg-41 ° C), n-lauryl methacrylate (Tg-65 ° C), tridecyl acrylate (Tg-55 ° C.), tridecyl methacrylate (-40 ° C.) and the like are preferably mentioned. Among them, as the low Tg alkyl acrylate, the Tg of the homopolymer is more preferably −45 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably −50 ° C. or lower. Specifically, n-butyl acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate are particularly preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として、低Tgアルキルアクリレートを、下限値として85質量%以上含有することが好ましく、90質量%以上含有することがより好ましく、95質量%以上含有することがさらに好ましい。 The (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably contains low Tg alkyl acrylate as a lower limit value of 85% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. It is more preferably contained in an amount of mass% or more.
 さらに(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として上記低Tgアルキルアクリレートを、上限値として99.9質量%以下含有することが好ましく、99.5質量%以下含有することがより好ましく、99質量%以下含有することがさらに好ましい。上記低Tgアルキルアクリレートを99.9質量%以下含有することにより、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーA中に好適な量の他のモノマー成分(特に反応性官能基含有モノマー)を導入することができる。 Further, the (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably contains the above-mentioned low Tg alkyl acrylate as a monomer unit constituting the polymer in an upper limit of 99.9% by mass or less, and preferably 99.5% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable that the content is 99% by mass or less. By containing 99.9% by mass or less of the low Tg alkyl acrylate, a suitable amount of other monomer components (particularly reactive functional group-containing monomer) can be introduced into the (meth) acrylic polymer A.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、本発明の効果をより一層奏する観点から、ホモポリマーとしてのガラス転移温度(Tg)が0℃を超えるモノマー(以下「ハードモノマー」と称する場合がある。)の含有量を、なるべく少なくすることが好ましい。具体的には、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として、ハードモノマーの含有量を、上限値として15質量%以下とすることが好ましく、10質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、5質量%以下とすることがさらに好ましい。このハードモノマーには、後述する反応性官能基含有モノマーも含まれる。 The (meth) acrylic polymer A is a monomer having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of more than 0 ° C. as a homopolymer (hereinafter, may be referred to as “hard monomer”) from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect of the present invention. It is preferable to reduce the content as much as possible. Specifically, the (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably has a hard monomer content of 15% by mass or less as an upper limit as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, and is preferably 10% by mass or less. More preferably, it is more preferably 5% by mass or less. This hard monomer also includes a reactive functional group-containing monomer described later.
 上記ハードモノマーとしては、例えば、アクリル酸メチル(Tg10℃)、メタクリル酸メチル(Tg105℃)、メタクリル酸エチル(Tg65℃)、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(Tg20℃)、メタクリル酸イソブチル(Tg48℃)、メタクリル酸t-ブチル(Tg107℃)、アクリル酸n-ステアリル(Tg30℃)、メタクリル酸n-ステアリル(Tg38℃)、アクリル酸シクロヘキシル(Tg15℃)、メタクリル酸シクロヘキシル(Tg66℃)、アクリル酸フェノキシエチル(Tg5℃)、メタクリル酸フェノキシエチル(Tg54℃)、メタクリル酸ベンジル(Tg54℃)、アクリル酸イソボルニル(Tg94℃)、メタクリル酸イソボルニル(Tg180℃)、アクリロイルモルホリン(Tg145℃)、アクリル酸アダマンチル(Tg115℃)、メタクリル酸アダマンチル(Tg141℃)、アクリル酸(Tg105℃)、ジメチルアクリルアミド(Tg89℃)、アクリルアミド(Tg165℃)等のアクリル系モノマー、酢酸ビニル(Tg32℃)、スチレン(Tg80℃)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hard monomer include methyl acrylate (Tg10 ° C.), methyl methacrylate (Tg105 ° C.), ethyl methacrylate (Tg65 ° C.), n-butyl methacrylate (Tg20 ° C.), isobutyl methacrylate (Tg48 ° C.), and the like. T-butyl methacrylate (Tg 107 ° C), n-stearyl acrylate (Tg 30 ° C), n-stearyl methacrylate (Tg 38 ° C), cyclohexyl acrylate (Tg 15 ° C), cyclohexyl methacrylate (Tg 66 ° C), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Tg 5 ° C), phenoxyethyl methacrylate (Tg 54 ° C), benzyl methacrylate (Tg 54 ° C), isobornyl acrylate (Tg 94 ° C), isobornyl methacrylate (Tg 180 ° C), acryloylmorpholin (Tg 145 ° C), adamantyl acrylate (Tg115 ° C). ℃), adamantyl methacrylate (Tg141 ℃), acrylic acid (Tg105 ℃), dimethylacrylamide (Tg89 ℃), acrylamide (Tg165 ℃) and other acrylic monomers, vinyl acetate (Tg32 ℃), styrene (Tg80 ℃) Can be mentioned.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として反応性官能基含有モノマーを含有することにより、当該反応性官能基含有モノマー由来の反応性官能基を介して、後述する熱架橋剤と反応する。これにより、全体として架橋構造(三次元網目構造)が形成され、もって所望の凝集力を有する粘着剤を得ることができる。 The (meth) acrylic polymer A contains a reactive functional group-containing monomer as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, and thus heats described later via the reactive functional group derived from the reactive functional group-containing monomer. Reacts with cross-linking agents. As a result, a crosslinked structure (three-dimensional network structure) is formed as a whole, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a desired cohesive force can be obtained.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAが、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として含有する反応性官能基含有モノマーとしては、分子内に水酸基を有するモノマー(水酸基含有モノマー)、分子内にカルボキシ基を有するモノマー(カルボキシ基含有モノマー)、分子内にアミノ基を有するモノマー(アミノ基含有モノマー)などが好ましく挙げられる。これらの中でも、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が0℃以下であるものが多いことから、水酸基含有モノマーが特に好ましい。 Examples of the reactive functional group-containing monomer contained in the (meth) acrylic polymer A as a monomer unit constituting the polymer include a monomer having a hydroxyl group in the molecule (monomer containing a hydroxyl group) and a monomer having a carboxy group in the molecule. (Carboxy group-containing monomer), a monomer having an amino group in the molecule (amino group-containing monomer), and the like are preferably mentioned. Of these, hydroxyl group-containing monomers are particularly preferable because many of them have a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 0 ° C. or lower.
 水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチルなどの(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。中でも、ガラス転移温度(Tg)、得られる(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAにおける水酸基の熱架橋剤との反応性、および他の単量体との共重合性の点から、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、およびアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチルの少なくとも一つであることが好ましい。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth). ) Hydroxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylates such as 3-hydroxybutyl acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate can be mentioned. Among them, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate is obtained from the viewpoints of glass transition temperature (Tg), reactivity of hydroxyl group in the obtained (meth) acrylic polymer A with a thermal cross-linking agent, and copolymerizability with other monomers. , 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate are preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、マレイン酸、イタコン酸、シトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和カルボン酸が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, and citraconic acid. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アミノ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチルアミノエチル等が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the amino group-containing monomer include aminoethyl (meth) acrylate and n-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として、反応性官能基含有モノマーを、下限値として0.1質量%以上含有することが好ましく、特に0.5質量%以上含有することが好ましく、さらには1質量%以上含有することが好ましい。(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、上記反応性官能基含有モノマーを、上限値として10質量%以下含有することが好ましく、特に8質量%以下含有することが好ましく、さらには5質量%以下含有することが好ましい。これにより屈曲時の気泡の発生をより容易に抑制することができる傾向がある。 The (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably contains a reactive functional group-containing monomer as a lower limit value of 0.1% by mass or more, and particularly 0.5% by mass or more, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. It is preferable that the content is 1% by mass or more. The (meth) acrylic polymer A preferably contains the above-mentioned reactive functional group-containing monomer as an upper limit value of 10% by mass or less, particularly preferably 8% by mass or less, and further contains 5% by mass or less. Is preferable. This tends to make it easier to suppress the generation of air bubbles during bending.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、特にハードモノマーでもあるアクリル酸を含まない場合がある。カルボキシ基は酸成分であるため、カルボキシ基含有モノマーを含有しないことにより、粘着剤の貼付対象に、酸により不具合が生じるもの、例えばスズドープ酸化インジウム(ITO)等の透明導電膜、金属膜または金属メッシュなどが存在する場合にも、酸によるそれらの不具合(腐食、抵抗値変化等)を抑制することができる。 The (meth) acrylic polymer A may not contain a carboxy group-containing monomer, particularly acrylic acid, which is also a hard monomer, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. Since the carboxy group is an acid component, a transparent conductive film such as tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), a metal film, or a metal that causes problems due to the acid on the object to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is applied because the carboxy group-containing monomer is not contained. Even when a mesh or the like is present, those defects (corrosion, change in resistance value, etc.) due to acid can be suppressed.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、所望により、当該重合体を構成するモノマー単位として、他のモノマーを含有してもよい。他のモノマーとしては、反応性官能基含有モノマーの作用を妨げないためにも、反応性を有する官能基を含まないモノマーが好ましい。上記他のモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシエチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アルコキシアルキルエステルのほか、ホモポリマーとしてのガラス転移温度(Tg)が-40℃超過0℃以下であるモノマー(以下「中Tgアルキルアクリレート」という場合がある。)などが挙げられる。中Tgアルキルアクリレートとしては、例えば、アクリル酸エチル(Tg-20℃)、アクリル酸イソブチル(Tg-26℃)、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(Tg-10℃)、アクリル酸n-ラウリル(Tg-23℃)、アクリル酸イソステアリル(Tg-18℃)等が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 If desired, the (meth) acrylic polymer A may contain another monomer as a monomer unit constituting the polymer. As the other monomer, a monomer containing no reactive functional group is preferable so as not to interfere with the action of the reactive functional group-containing monomer. Examples of the other monomers include (meth) acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl esters such as methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, as well as a glass transition temperature (Tg) of -40 as a homopolymer. Examples thereof include a monomer having a temperature exceeding 0 ° C. or lower (hereinafter, may be referred to as “medium Tg alkyl acrylate”). Examples of the medium Tg alkyl acrylate include ethyl acrylate (Tg-20 ° C.), isobutyl acrylate (Tg-26 ° C.), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (Tg-10 ° C.), and n-lauryl acrylate (Tg-23 ° C.). ° C.), isostearyl acrylate (Tg-18 ° C.) and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの重合態様は、ランダム共重合体であってもよいし、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。 The polymerization mode of the (meth) acrylic polymer A may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの重量平均分子量の下限値は、20万以上であることが好ましく、特に30万以上であることが好ましく、さらには40万以上であることが好ましい。(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの重量平均分子量の下限値が上記以上であると、粘着剤の浸み出し等の不具合が抑制される。本明細書における重量平均分子量は、後述する実施例の欄において説明するように、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により測定した標準ポリスチレン換算の値に基づいて求めることができる。 The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is preferably 200,000 or more, particularly preferably 300,000 or more, and further preferably 400,000 or more. When the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is equal to or higher than the above, problems such as seepage of the adhesive are suppressed. The weight average molecular weight in the present specification can be determined based on a standard polystyrene-equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, as described in the column of Examples described later.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの重量平均分子量の上限値は、200万以下であることが好ましく、特に150万以下であることが好ましく、さらには130万以下であることが好ましい。(メタ)アクリル酸エステル重合体(A)の重量平均分子量の上限値が上記以下であると、粘着剤層の柔軟性を確保することができ、もって容易に本発明の効果を奏することができる。 The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is preferably 2 million or less, particularly preferably 1.5 million or less, and further preferably 1.3 million or less. When the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylic acid ester polymer (A) is not more than the above, the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be ensured, and the effect of the present invention can be easily exhibited. ..
 粘着剤組成物Aにおいて、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, one type of (meth) acrylic polymer A may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
 熱架橋剤を含有する粘着剤組成物Aを加熱すると、熱架橋剤は(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAを架橋し、三次元網目構造を形成する。これにより粘着剤の柔軟性を確保しながら凝集力を向上させることができ、積層体に適用した場合に、上記積層体の表面硬度を向上させることが可能な硬さを得ることができる。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing the heat-crosslinking agent is heated, the heat-crosslinking agent cross-links the (meth) acrylic polymer A to form a three-dimensional network structure. As a result, the cohesive force can be improved while ensuring the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and when applied to the laminated body, it is possible to obtain a hardness capable of improving the surface hardness of the laminated body.
 上記熱架橋剤としては、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAが有する反応性基と反応するものであればよく、例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、アミン系架橋剤、メラミン系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、ヒドラジン系架橋剤、アルデヒド系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、金属アルコキシド系架橋剤、金属キレート系架橋剤、金属塩系架橋剤、アンモニウム塩系架橋剤等が挙げられる。上記の中でも、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAが有する反応性基が水酸基の場合、水酸基との反応性に優れたイソシアネート系架橋剤を使用することが好ましい。熱架橋剤は、1種を単独で、または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 The thermal cross-linking agent may be any as long as it reacts with the reactive group of the (meth) acrylic polymer A. For example, an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, an epoxy-based cross-linking agent, an amine-based cross-linking agent, a melamine-based cross-linking agent, and the like. Examples thereof include aziridine-based cross-linking agent, hydrazine-based cross-linking agent, aldehyde-based cross-linking agent, oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, metal alkoxide-based cross-linking agent, metal chelate-based cross-linking agent, metal salt-based cross-linking agent, ammonium salt-based cross-linking agent and the like. Among the above, when the reactive group of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is a hydroxyl group, it is preferable to use an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent having excellent reactivity with the hydroxyl group. The thermal cross-linking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 イソシアネート系架橋剤は、少なくともポリイソシアネート化合物を含むものである。
ポリイソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート等の芳香族ポリイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ポリイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、水素添加ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート等の脂環式ポリイソシアネートなど、及びそれらのビウレット体、イソシアヌレート体、さらにはエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、トリメチロールプロパン、ヒマシ油等の低分子活性水素含有化合物との反応物であるアダクト体などが挙げられる。中でも水酸基との反応性の観点から、トリメチロールプロパン変性の芳香族ポリイソシアネート、特にトリメチロールプロパン変性トリレンジイソシアネートおよびトリメチロールプロパン変性キシリレンジイソシアネートが好ましい。
The isocyanate-based cross-linking agent contains at least a polyisocyanate compound.
Examples of the polyisocyanate compound include aromatic polyisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and xylylene diisocyanate, aliphatic polyisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanates, and alicyclic polyisocyanates such as hydrogenated diphenylmethane diisocyanate. , And their biurets, isocyanurates, and adducts, which are reactants with low molecular weight active hydrogen-containing compounds such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, and castor oil. Of these, trimethylolpropane-modified aromatic polyisocyanates, particularly trimethylolpropane-modified tolylene diisocyanate and trimethylolpropane-modified xylylene diisocyanate, are preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity with hydroxyl groups.
 エポキシ系架橋剤としては、例えば、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシリレンジアミン、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパンジグリシジルエーテル、ジグリシジルアニリン、ジグリシジルアミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the epoxy-based cross-linking agent include 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidyl aminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, and ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether. , 1,6-Hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylpropan diglycidyl ether, diglycidyl aniline, diglycidyl amine and the like.
 粘着剤組成物A中における熱架橋剤の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーA100質量%に対して、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.05質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。さらに当該含有量は、1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.8質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.5質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。熱架橋剤の含有量が上記の範囲にあることにより、凝集力の向上によって適度な硬さをより容易に得ることができる。 The content of the heat-crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on 100% by mass of the (meth) acrylic polymer A. More preferably, it is 0.1% by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.8% by mass or less, and further preferably 0.5% by mass or less. When the content of the thermal cross-linking agent is in the above range, it is possible to more easily obtain an appropriate hardness by improving the cohesive force.
 粘着剤組成物Aは、上記のシランカップリング剤を含有することが好ましい。これにより、得られる粘着剤層は、被着体となる積層体中における各部材との密着性が向上し、屈曲に対する耐久性がより優れたものとなる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A preferably contains the above-mentioned silane coupling agent. As a result, the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has improved adhesion to each member in the laminated body as an adherend, and has more excellent durability against bending.
 シランカップリング(SC)剤としては、分子内にアルコキシシリル基を少なくとも1個有する有機ケイ素化合物であって、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAとの相溶性がよく、光透過性を有するものが好ましい。 The silane coupling (SC) agent is preferably an organosilicon compound having at least one alkoxysilyl group in the molecule, which has good compatibility with the (meth) acrylic polymer A and has light transmittance. ..
 シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等の重合性不飽和基含有ケイ素化合物、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン等のエポキシ構造を有するケイ素化合物、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルジメトキシメチルシラン等のメルカプト基含有ケイ素化合物、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン等のアミノ基含有ケイ素化合物、3-クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシラン、あるいはこれらの少なくとも1つと、メチルトリエトキシシラン、エチルトリエトキシシラン、メチルトリメトキシシラン、エチルトリメトキシシラン等のアルキル基含有ケイ素化合物との縮合物などが挙げられる。これらは、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the silane coupling agent include polymerizable unsaturated group-containing silicon compounds such as vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, and methacrypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 2- (3). , 4-Epoxycyclohexyl) Silicon compounds having an epoxy structure such as ethyltrimethoxysilane, mercapto group-containing silicon compounds such as 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane, and 3-mercaptopropyldimethoxymethylsilane, Amino group-containing silicon compounds such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3 -Chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanuppropyltriethoxysilane, or at least one of them and an alkyl group-containing silicon compound such as methyltriethoxysilane, ethyltriethoxysilane, methyltrimethoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane. Examples thereof include condensates. These may be used individually by 1 type and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 粘着剤組成物A中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーA100質量%に対して、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.05質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。さらに当該含有量は、1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.3質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。シランカップリング剤の含有量が上記の範囲にあることにより、積層体における各部材との密着性をより向上させることができる。 The content of the silane coupling agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on 100% by mass of the (meth) acrylic polymer A. Is more preferable, and 0.1% by mass or more is further preferable. Further, the content is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, and further preferably 0.3% by mass or less. When the content of the silane coupling agent is in the above range, the adhesion to each member in the laminated body can be further improved.
 粘着剤組成物Aには、所望により、上述の各種添加剤を添加することができる。本明細書において重合溶媒および希釈溶媒は、粘着剤組成物Aを構成する添加剤に含まれないものとする。 The above-mentioned various additives can be added to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, if desired. In the present specification, the polymerization solvent and the diluting solvent are not included in the additives constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAは、重合体を構成するモノマーの混合物を通常のラジカル重合法で重合することにより製造することができる。(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの重合は、所望により重合開始剤を使用して、溶液重合法により行うことが好ましい。重合溶媒としては、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、トルエン、アセトン、ヘキサン、メチルエチルケトン等が挙げられ、2種類以上を併用してもよい。 The (meth) acrylic polymer A can be produced by polymerizing a mixture of monomers constituting the polymer by a normal radical polymerization method. The polymerization of the (meth) acrylic polymer A is preferably carried out by a solution polymerization method using a polymerization initiator, if desired. Examples of the polymerization solvent include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, acetone, hexane, methyl ethyl ketone and the like, and two or more of them may be used in combination.
 重合開始剤としては、アゾ系化合物、有機過酸化物等が挙げられ、2種類以上を併用してもよい。アゾ系化合物としては、例えば、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルブチロニトリル)、1,1’-アゾビス(シクロヘキサン1-カルボニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチル-4-メトキシバレロニトリル)、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)、4,4’-アゾビス(4-シアノバレリック酸)、2,2’-アゾビス(2-ヒドロキシメチルプロピオニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス[2-(2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerization initiator include azo compounds and organic peroxides, and two or more types may be used in combination. Examples of the azo compound include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis (cyclohexane1-carbonitrile), and 2, , 2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) , 4,4'-azobis (4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2'-azobis (2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile), 2,2'-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) Propane] and the like.
 有機過酸化物としては、例えば、過酸化ベンゾイル、t-ブチルパーベンゾエイト、クメンヒドロパーオキシド、ジイソプロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、ジ-n-プロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、ジ(2-エトキシエチル)パーオキシジカーボネート、t-ブチルパーオキシネオデカノエート、t-ブチルパーオキシビバレート、(3,5,5-トリメチルヘキサノイル)パーオキシド、ジプロピオニルパーオキシド、ジアセチルパーオキシド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic peroxide include benzoyl peroxide, t-butylperbenzoate, cumenehydroperoxide, diisopropylperoxydicarbonate, di-n-propylperoxydicarbonate, and di (2-ethoxyethyl) peroxy. Examples thereof include dicarbonate, t-butylperoxyneodecanoate, t-butylperoxyvivarate, (3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide, dipropionyl peroxide, and diacetyl peroxide.
 上記重合工程において、2-メルカプトエタノール等の連鎖移動剤を配合することにより、得られる重合体の重量平均分子量を調整することができる。 In the above polymerization step, the weight average molecular weight of the obtained polymer can be adjusted by adding a chain transfer agent such as 2-mercaptoethanol.
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAが得られたら、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの溶液に、熱架橋剤、シランカップリング剤ならびに所望により添加剤および希釈溶剤を添加し、十分に混合することにより、溶剤で希釈された粘着剤組成物A(塗布溶液)を得ることができる。粘着剤組成物Aは、公知の方法により、例えば各成分をミキサー等を用いて一括混合することにより製造することができる。さらに、このようにして得た粘着剤組成物Aから、第1粘着剤組成物および第2粘着剤組成物を調製することができる。 Once the (meth) acrylic polymer A is obtained, a thermal cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent and, if desired, an additive and a diluting solvent are added to the solution of the (meth) acrylic polymer A and mixed thoroughly. A solvent-diluted pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A (coating solution) can be obtained. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can be produced by a known method, for example, by collectively mixing each component using a mixer or the like. Further, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be prepared from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A thus obtained.
 上記各成分のいずれかにおいて、固体状のものを用いる場合、あるいは、希釈されていない状態で他の成分と混合した際に析出を生じる場合には、その成分を単独で予め希釈溶媒に溶解もしくは希釈してから、その他の成分と混合してもよい。 If any of the above components is in solid form, or if precipitation occurs when mixed with other components in an undiluted state, the component may be dissolved in a diluting solvent by itself in advance. It may be diluted and then mixed with other ingredients.
 上記希釈溶剤としては、例えば、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、シクロヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素、塩化メチレン、塩化エチレン等のハロゲン化炭化水素、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等のアルコール、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、2-ペンタノン、イソホロン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル等のエステル、エチルセロソルブ等のセロソルブ系溶剤などが用いられる。 Examples of the diluting solvent include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane and cyclohexane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride and ethylene chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol and butanol. Alcohols such as 1-methoxy-2-propanol, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone, isophorone and cyclohexanone, esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate, and cellosolve solvents such as ethyl cellosolve are used.
 このようにして調製された粘着剤組成物A(塗布溶液)の濃度・粘度としては、コーティング可能な範囲であればよく、特に制限されず、状況に応じて適宜選定することができる。例えば、粘着剤組成物Aの濃度として溶液中に10~60質量%となるように調製することができる。塗布溶液を得るに際し、希釈溶剤等の添加は必要条件ではなく、粘着剤組成物Aがコーティング可能な粘度等であれば、希釈溶剤を添加しなくてもよい。この場合、粘着剤組成物Aは、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの重合溶媒をそのまま希釈溶剤とした塗布溶液となる。 The concentration and viscosity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A (coating solution) prepared in this manner may be any range as long as it can be coated, and is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the situation. For example, the concentration of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can be adjusted to be 10 to 60% by mass in the solution. When obtaining the coating solution, the addition of a diluting solvent or the like is not a necessary condition, and if the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A has a coatable viscosity or the like, the diluting solvent may not be added. In this case, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A becomes a coating solution using the polymerization solvent of the (meth) acrylic polymer A as it is as a diluting solvent.
 粘着剤層は、上記粘着剤組成物Aを架橋することにより得ることができる。粘着剤組成物Aの架橋は、加熱処理により行うことができる。上記加熱処理は、所望の対象物に塗布した粘着剤組成物Aの塗膜から希釈溶剤等を揮発させる際の乾燥処理を兼ねることもできる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be obtained by cross-linking the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. Crosslinking of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A can be performed by heat treatment. The heat treatment can also serve as a drying treatment for volatilizing the diluting solvent or the like from the coating film of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A applied to the desired object.
 加熱処理における加熱温度は、50~150℃であることが好ましく、70~120℃であることがより好ましい。加熱処理における加熱時間は、10秒~10分であることが好ましく、50秒~2分であることがより好ましい。 The heating temperature in the heat treatment is preferably 50 to 150 ° C, more preferably 70 to 120 ° C. The heating time in the heat treatment is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 50 seconds to 2 minutes.
 加熱処理後、必要に応じて、常温(例えば、23℃、50%RH)で1~2週間程度の養生期間を設けることができる。この養生期間が必要な場合、養生期間経過後に粘着剤層を形成することができる。養生期間が不要な場合には、上述した加熱処理終了後に粘着剤層を形成することができる。 After the heat treatment, a curing period of about 1 to 2 weeks can be provided at room temperature (for example, 23 ° C., 50% RH) as needed. If this curing period is required, an adhesive layer can be formed after the curing period has elapsed. When the curing period is not required, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed after the above-mentioned heat treatment is completed.
 上記の加熱処理(及び養生)により、架橋剤を介して(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAが十分に架橋されることにより架橋構造が形成され、もって粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層102および第2粘着剤層104)を得ることができる。 By the above heat treatment (and curing), the (meth) acrylic polymer A is sufficiently cross-linked via the cross-linking agent to form a cross-linked structure, whereby the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and second) are formed. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104) can be obtained.
 <粘着シート>
 粘着シートは、上記粘着剤組成物Aから形成された粘着剤層を含むことができる。粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物Aを基材上に塗布することにより形成することができる。粘着剤組成物Aとして活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物を用いた場合、形成された粘着剤層に、活性エネルギー線を照射することにより所望の硬化度を有する硬化物とすることができる。粘着剤組成物として熱硬化型粘着剤組成物を用いた場合、形成された粘着剤層に、加熱処理(及び養生)を施すことにより所望の硬化度を有する硬化物とすることができる。
<Adhesive sheet>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can include a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed by applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A onto a substrate. When an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, the formed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be irradiated with active energy rays to obtain a cured product having a desired degree of curing. When a thermosetting pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, a cured product having a desired degree of curing can be obtained by subjecting the formed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to heat treatment (and curing).
 上記基材は、離型処理が施された剥離フィルムであってよい。粘着シートは、離型フィルム上に粘着剤組成物Aを塗布することによりシート状に粘着剤層を形成し、その粘着剤層上にさらに別の剥離フィルムを貼合することにより作製することができる。 The base material may be a release film that has undergone a mold release treatment. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be produced by applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A on a release film to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the form of a sheet, and then adhering another release film on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. it can.
 上記粘着剤組成物Aの塗布液を塗布する方法としては、例えばバーコート法、ナイフコート法、ロールコート法、ブレードコート法、ダイコート法、グラビアコート法等を利用することができる。 As a method of applying the coating liquid of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, for example, a bar coating method, a knife coating method, a roll coating method, a blade coating method, a die coating method, a gravure coating method and the like can be used.
 [前面板]
 前面板101は、光を透過可能な板状体であれば、材料および厚みは限定されることはなく、また1層のみから構成されてよく、2層以上から構成されてもよい。その例としては、樹脂製の板状体(例えば樹脂板、樹脂シート、樹脂フィルム等)、ガラス製の板状体(例えばガラス板、ガラスフィルム等)、後述のタッチセンサパネルが挙げられる。前面板は、表示装置の最表面を構成するものであることができる。
[Front plate]
The material and thickness of the front plate 101 are not limited as long as it is a plate-like body capable of transmitting light, and the front plate 101 may be composed of only one layer or may be composed of two or more layers. Examples thereof include a resin plate-like body (for example, a resin plate, a resin sheet, a resin film, etc.), a glass plate-like body (for example, a glass plate, a glass film, etc.), and a touch sensor panel described later. The front plate can constitute the outermost surface of the display device.
 前面板101の厚みは、例えば10μm以上1000μm以下であってよく、好ましくは20μm以上500μm以下であり、より好ましくは30μm以上300μm以下である。本発明において、各層の厚みは、後述する実施例において説明する厚み測定方法に従って測定することができる。 The thickness of the front plate 101 may be, for example, 10 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, preferably 20 μm or more and 500 μm or less, and more preferably 30 μm or more and 300 μm or less. In the present invention, the thickness of each layer can be measured according to the thickness measuring method described in Examples described later.
 前面板101が樹脂製の板状体である場合、樹脂製の板状体は、光を透過可能なものであれば限定されることはない。樹脂フィルム等の樹脂製の板状体を構成する樹脂としては、例えばトリアセチルセルロース、アセチルセルロースブチレート、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、プロピオニルセルロース、ブチリルセルロース、アセチルプロピオニルセルロース、ポリエステル、ポリスチレン、ポリアミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリ(メタ)アクリル、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリスルホン、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリメチルペンテン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルアセタール、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリメチルメタアクリレート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリアミドイミドなどの高分子で形成されたフィルムが挙げられる。これらの高分子は、単独でまたは2種以上混合して用いることができる。強度および透明性向上の観点から好ましくはポリイミド、ポリアミド、ポリアミドイミドなどの高分子で形成された樹脂フィルムである。 When the front plate 101 is a resin plate-like body, the resin plate-like body is not limited as long as it can transmit light. Examples of the resin constituting the resin plate such as a resin film include triacetyl cellulose, acetyl cellulose butyrate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, propionyl cellulose, butyryl cellulose, acetyl propionyl cellulose, polyester, and polystyrene. Polyamide, polyetherimide, poly (meth) acrylic, polyimide, polyether sulfone, polysulfone, polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetal, polyether ketone, polyether ether ketone , Polyether sulfone, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, polyamideimide and the like. These polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of improving strength and transparency, a resin film formed of a polymer such as polyimide, polyamide, or polyamideimide is preferable.
 前面板101は、硬度の観点から基材フィルムの少なくとも一方の面にハードコート層が設けられたフィルムであることが好ましい。基材フィルムとしては、上記樹脂からできたフィルムを用いることができる。ハードコート層は、基材フィルムの一方の面に形成されていてもよいし、両方の面に形成されていてもよい。ハードコート層を設けることにより、硬度およびスクラッチ性を向上させた樹脂フィルムとすることができる。ハードコート層は、例えば紫外線硬化型樹脂の硬化層である。紫外線硬化型樹脂としては、例えばアクリル系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、アミド系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂等が挙げられる。ハードコート層は、強度を向上させるために、添加剤を含んでいてもよい。添加剤は限定されることはなく、無機系微粒子、有機系微粒子、またはこれらの混合物が挙げられる。 From the viewpoint of hardness, the front plate 101 is preferably a film in which a hard coat layer is provided on at least one surface of the base film. As the base film, a film made of the above resin can be used. The hard coat layer may be formed on one surface of the base film or may be formed on both surfaces. By providing the hard coat layer, a resin film having improved hardness and scratchability can be obtained. The hard coat layer is, for example, a cured layer of an ultraviolet curable resin. Examples of the ultraviolet curable resin include acrylic resin, silicone resin, polyester resin, urethane resin, amide resin, epoxy resin and the like. The hard coat layer may contain additives to improve strength. Additives are not limited, and include inorganic fine particles, organic fine particles, or mixtures thereof.
 前面板101がガラス板である場合、ガラス板は、ディスプレイ用強化ガラスが好ましく用いられる。ガラス板の厚みは、例えば10μm以上1000μm以下であってよく、50μm以上1000μm以下であってよい。
ガラス板を用いることにより、優れた機械的強度および表面硬度を有する前面板101を構成することができる。
When the front plate 101 is a glass plate, tempered glass for a display is preferably used as the glass plate. The thickness of the glass plate may be, for example, 10 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, and may be 50 μm or more and 1000 μm or less.
By using the glass plate, the front plate 101 having excellent mechanical strength and surface hardness can be constructed.
 積層体100が表示装置に用いられる場合、前面板101は、表示装置の前面(画面)を保護する機能(ウィンドウフィルムとしての機能)を有するのみではなく、タッチセンサとしての機能、ブルーライトカット機能、視野角調整機能等を有するものであってもよい。 When the laminate 100 is used in a display device, the front plate 101 not only has a function of protecting the front surface (screen) of the display device (function as a window film), but also has a function as a touch sensor and a blue light cut function. , It may have a viewing angle adjusting function and the like.
 [第1粘着剤層]
 第1粘着剤層102は、前面板101と偏光子層103との間に介在してこれらを貼合する層であり、例えば粘着剤または接着剤から構成される層または該層に対して何らかの処理を施してなる層であってよい。第1粘着剤層102は、積層体100を構成する粘着剤層の中で、最も前面板101に近い位置に配置される粘着剤層であることができる。ここで本明細書において「粘着剤」とは、感圧式接着剤とも呼ばれるものである。さらに本明細書において「接着剤」とは、粘着剤(感圧式接着剤)以外の接着剤をいい、粘着剤とは明確に区別される。第1粘着剤層102は、1層であってもよく、または2層以上からなるものであってもよいが、好ましくは1層である。
[First adhesive layer]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 is a layer that is interposed between the front plate 101 and the polarizer layer 103 and adheres them, and is, for example, a layer composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive or an adhesive or some kind of layer. It may be a treated layer. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer arranged at a position closest to the front plate 101 among the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers constituting the laminated body 100. Here, the "adhesive" as used herein is also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive. Further, in the present specification, the “adhesive” refers to an adhesive other than an adhesive (pressure sensitive adhesive), and is clearly distinguished from the adhesive. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 may be one layer or may be composed of two or more layers, but is preferably one layer.
 第1粘着剤層102は、上述のように第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成される。第1粘着剤組成物は、上述のように粘着剤組成物Aを用いて形成されることができる。第1粘着剤層102は、第1粘着剤基準層の厚みと第2粘着剤基準層の厚みとが同じになるように、この第1粘着剤組成物を用いて第1粘着剤基準層を形成し、後述する第2粘着剤組成物を用いて第2粘着剤基準層を形成した場合、第1粘着剤基準層と第2粘着剤基準層とが、ΔR1>ΔR2で表される式(1)の関係を満たす。第1粘着剤基準層の厚み、および第2粘着剤基準層の厚みは、例えば200μmとすることができる。第1粘着剤組成物は、第2粘着剤組成物との関係において上記式(1)を満たす限り、粘着剤組成物Aに限られず、任意の粘着剤組成物から直接形成することができ、又は任意の粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された粘着剤層を有する粘着シートを用いて形成することができる。ただし第1粘着剤組成物は、上述した粘着剤組成物Aから形成することが好ましく、あるいは上述した粘着剤組成物Aを基材上に塗布することにより形成した粘着シートを用いて形成することも好ましい。 The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 is formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition as described above. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A as described above. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 uses this first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to form a first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same. When the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed by forming and using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition described later, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are represented by the formula (ΔR1> ΔR2). Satisfy the relationship of 1). The thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer can be, for example, 200 μm. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is not limited to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A as long as it satisfies the above formula (1) in relation to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and can be formed directly from any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Alternatively, it can be formed by using a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. However, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably formed from the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, or is formed by using a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet formed by applying the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A on a substrate. Is also preferable.
 すなわち第1粘着剤層102は、これを構成する第1粘着剤組成物の組成および配合成分、第1粘着剤組成物のタイプ(活性エネルギー線硬化型、熱硬化型等)、第1粘着剤組成物に配合され得る添加剤、第1粘着剤層の作製方法および第1粘着剤層の厚み等に関し、上記[粘着剤層(第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第1粘着剤層、および第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第2粘着剤層)]の欄で説明したとおりとすることができる。 That is, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 includes the composition and compounding components of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the type of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (active energy ray-curable type, heat-curable type, etc.), and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive. Regarding the additives that can be blended in the composition, the method for producing the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the like, the above-mentioned [Adhesive layer (first pressure-sensitive adhesive formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) The layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)] can be as described in the column.
 積層体100において、第1粘着剤層102および第2粘着剤層104の少なくとも一方は、その厚みが20μm以上50μm以下であることが好ましい。このため第1粘着剤層102の厚みは、例えば3μm以上100μm以下であることができ、5μm以上50μm以下であることが好ましく、20μm以上であってもよい。第1粘着剤層102は、その厚みが20μm以上50μm以下であることが最も好ましい。 In the laminate 100, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 preferably has a thickness of 20 μm or more and 50 μm or less. Therefore, the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 can be, for example, 3 μm or more and 100 μm or less, preferably 5 μm or more and 50 μm or less, and may be 20 μm or more. The thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 is most preferably 20 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
 [偏光子層]
 偏光子層103としては、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムまたは延伸層、二色性色素および重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる層等が挙げられる。二色性色素として、具体的には、ヨウ素または二色性の有機染料が用いられる。二色性有機染料には、C.I.DIRECT RED 39等のジスアゾ化合物からなる二色性直接染料、トリスアゾ、テトラキスアゾ等の化合物からなる二色性直接染料が包含される。
[Polarizer layer]
Examples of the polarizer layer 103 include a stretched film or a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed, a layer obtained by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound, and the like. As the dichroic dye, specifically, iodine or a dichroic organic dye is used. For dichroic organic dyes, C.I. I. Included are dichroic direct dyes composed of disuazo compounds such as DIRECT RED 39 and dichroic direct dyes composed of compounds such as trisazo and tetrakisazo.
 二色性色素および重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる偏光子層としては、液晶性を有する二色性色素を含む組成物または二色性色素と重合性液晶とを含む組成物を塗布し硬化させて得られる層等の重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む偏光子層が挙げられる。二色性色素および重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる偏光子層は、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムまたは延伸層に比べて、屈曲方向に制限がないため好ましい。 The polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound includes a composition containing a dichroic dye having a liquid crystal property or a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal. Examples thereof include a polarizer layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound such as a layer obtained by applying and curing an object. A polarizer layer obtained by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound is preferable because there is no limitation in the bending direction as compared with a stretched film or a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed.
 積層体100において偏光子層103は、例えば後述する位相差層との組み合わせにより、円偏光板として機能することができる。 In the laminated body 100, the polarizer layer 103 can function as a circular polarizing plate, for example, by combining with a retardation layer described later.
 <延伸フィルムまたは延伸層である偏光子層>
 二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムである偏光子層は、通常、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを一軸延伸する工程、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを二色性色素で染色することにより、その二色性色素を吸着させる工程、二色性色素が吸着されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムをホウ酸水溶液で処理する工程、およびホウ酸水溶液による処理後に水洗する工程を経て製造することができる。偏光子層103の厚みは、例えば2μm以上40μm以下である。偏光子層103の厚みは5μm以上であってもよく、20μm以下、さらには15μm以下、なおさらには10μm以下であってもよい。
<Polarizer layer that is a stretched film or stretched layer>
The polarizer layer, which is a stretched film on which a bicolor dye is adsorbed, is usually bicolorized by a step of uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film and dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with the bicolor dye. It can be produced through a step of adsorbing a dye, a step of treating a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film on which a bicolor dye is adsorbed with an aqueous boric acid solution, and a step of washing with water after the treatment with the aqueous boric acid solution. The thickness of the polarizer layer 103 is, for example, 2 μm or more and 40 μm or less. The thickness of the polarizer layer 103 may be 5 μm or more, 20 μm or less, further 15 μm or less, and further 10 μm or less.
 ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂をケン化することによって得られる。ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂としては、酢酸ビニルの単独重合体であるポリ酢酸ビニルのほか、酢酸ビニルとそれに共重合可能な他の単量体との共重合体が用いられる。酢酸ビニルに共重合可能な他の単量体としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸類、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類、不飽和スルホン酸類、アンモニウム基を有する(メタ)アクリルアミド類等が挙げられる。 The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is obtained by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin. As the polyvinyl acetate-based resin, in addition to polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is used. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and (meth) acrylamides having an ammonium group.
 ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂のケン化度は、通常85モル%以上100モル%以下程度であり、好ましくは98モル%以上である。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は変性されていてもよく、例えば、アルデヒド類で変性されたポリビニルホルマールまたはポリビニルアセタールを使用することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の重合度は、通常1000以上10000以下であり、好ましくは1500以上5000以下である。 The degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 85 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less, preferably 98 mol% or more. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can be used. The degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually 1000 or more and 10000 or less, preferably 1500 or more and 5000 or less.
 二色性色素を吸着させた延伸層である偏光子層は、通常、上記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を含む塗布液を基材フィルム上に塗布する工程、得られた積層フィルムを一軸延伸する工程、一軸延伸された積層フィルムのポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を二色性色素で染色することにより、その二色性色素を吸着させて偏光子層とする工程、二色性色素が吸着されたフィルムをホウ酸水溶液で処理する工程、およびホウ酸水溶液による処理後に水洗する工程を経て製造することができる。二色性色素を吸着させた延伸層である偏光子層は、必要に応じて基材フィルムを偏光子層から剥離除去してもよい。基材フィルムの材料および厚みは、後述する熱可塑性樹脂フィルムの材料および厚みと同様であってよい。 The polarizer layer, which is a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed, is usually a step of applying a coating liquid containing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin on a base film, a step of uniaxially stretching the obtained laminated film, and uniaxial. A step of dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the stretched laminated film with a dichroic dye to adsorb the dichroic dye to form a polarizer layer, and boric acid on the film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed. It can be produced through a step of treating with an aqueous solution and a step of washing with water after treatment with an aqueous boric acid solution. In the polarizing layer, which is a stretched layer on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed, the base film may be peeled off from the polarizing layer, if necessary. The material and thickness of the base film may be the same as the material and thickness of the thermoplastic resin film described later.
 延伸フィルムまたは延伸層である偏光子層は、その片面または両面に熱可塑性樹脂フィルムが貼合されている形態で積層体に組み込まれてもよい。この熱可塑性樹脂フィルムは、偏光子層103用の保護フィルム、または位相差フィルムとして機能し得る。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムは、例えば、鎖状ポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリプロピレン系樹脂など)、環状ポリオレフィン系樹脂(ノルボルネン系樹脂など)等のポリオレフィン系樹脂;トリアセチルセルロース等のセルロース系樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂;ポリカーボネート系樹脂;(メタ)アクリル系樹脂;またはこれらの混合物等からなるフィルムであることができる。 The stretched film or the polarizer layer, which is a stretched layer, may be incorporated into the laminate in a form in which a thermoplastic resin film is bonded to one side or both sides thereof. This thermoplastic resin film can function as a protective film for the polarizer layer 103 or a retardation film. The thermoplastic resin film is, for example, a polyolefin resin such as a chain polyolefin resin (polypropylene resin, etc.), a cyclic polyolefin resin (norbornen resin, etc.); a cellulose resin such as triacetyl cellulose; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene na. It can be a film composed of a polyester resin such as phthalate and polybutylene terephthalate; a polycarbonate resin; a (meth) acrylic resin; or a mixture thereof.
 熱可塑性樹脂フィルムは位相差を有していても、有していなくてもよい。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムの厚みは、薄型化の観点から、通常300μm以下であり、好ましくは200μm以下であり、より好ましくは100μm以下であり、さらに好ましくは80μm以下であり、なおさらに好ましくは60μm以下である。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムの厚みは、通常5μm以上であり、好ましくは20μm以上である。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムは、例えば、接着剤層を用いて偏光子層103に貼合することができる。 The thermoplastic resin film may or may not have a phase difference. From the viewpoint of thinning, the thickness of the thermoplastic resin film is usually 300 μm or less, preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less, still more preferably 80 μm or less, still more preferably 60 μm or less. is there. The thickness of the thermoplastic resin film is usually 5 μm or more, preferably 20 μm or more. The thermoplastic resin film can be attached to the polarizer layer 103 by using, for example, an adhesive layer.
 <二色性色素および重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる偏光子層>
 二色性色素および重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる偏光子層としては、液晶性を有する重合性の二色性色素を含む組成物または二色性色素と重合性液晶とを含む組成物を基材フィルムに塗布し硬化させて得られる層等の重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む偏光子層が挙げられる。
<Polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound>
The polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound includes a composition containing a dichroic dye having a liquid crystal property or a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal. Examples thereof include a polarizer layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, such as a layer obtained by applying a composition containing the above to a substrate film and curing the composition.
 二色性色素および重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる偏光子層は、必要に応じて基材フィルムを偏光子層から剥離除去してもよい。基材フィルムの材料および厚みは、上述した熱可塑性樹脂フィルムの材料および厚みと同様であってよい。偏光子層は、配向膜を備えてもよい。配向膜は、剥離されてもよい。 For the polarizer layer obtained by applying and curing the composition containing the dichroic dye and the polymerizable compound, the base film may be peeled off from the polarizer layer, if necessary. The material and thickness of the base film may be the same as the material and thickness of the thermoplastic resin film described above. The polarizer layer may include an alignment film. The alignment film may be peeled off.
 二色性色素および重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる偏光子層は、その片面または両面に熱可塑性樹脂フィルムが貼合されている形態で光学積層体に組み込まれてもよい。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムとしては、延伸フィルムまたは延伸層である偏光子層に用い得る熱可塑性樹脂フィルムと同様のものを用いることができる。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムは、例えば、接着剤層を用いて偏光子層に貼合することができる。 The polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound may be incorporated into an optical laminate in the form of a thermoplastic resin film bonded to one or both sides thereof. .. As the thermoplastic resin film, the same one as the thermoplastic resin film that can be used for the stretched film or the polarizer layer that is the stretched layer can be used. The thermoplastic resin film can be bonded to the polarizer layer using, for example, an adhesive layer.
 二色性色素及び重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる偏光子層は、その片面または両面に、保護層としてオーバーコート(OC)層が形成されてもよい。光硬化性樹脂や水溶性ポリマー等が挙げられる。光硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、(メタ)アクリルウレタン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂等が挙げられる。水溶性ポリマーとしては、例えば、ポリ(メタ)アクリルアミド系ポリマー;ポリビニルアルコール、およびエチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、(メタ)アクリル酸又はその無水物-ビニルアルコール共重合体等のビニルアルコール系ポリマー;カルボキシビニル系ポリマー;ポリビニルピロリドン;デンプン類;アルギン酸ナトリウム;ポリエチレンオキシド系ポリマー等が挙げられる。OC層の厚みは、20μm以下であることが好ましくは、15μm以下であることがより好ましく、10μm以下であることがさらに好ましく、5μm以下であってもよく、また、0.05μm以上であり、0.5μm以上であってもよい。 The polarizer layer formed by applying and curing a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable compound may have an overcoat (OC) layer formed as a protective layer on one side or both sides thereof. Examples thereof include photocurable resins and water-soluble polymers. Examples of the photocurable resin include (meth) acrylic resin, urethane resin, (meth) acrylic urethane resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin and the like. Examples of the water-soluble polymer include poly (meth) acrylamide-based polymers; polyvinyl alcohol, and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, (meth) acrylic acid or its anhydride-vinyl alcohol co-weight. Examples thereof include vinyl alcohol-based polymers such as coalescence; carboxyvinyl-based polymers; polyvinylpyrrolidone; starches; sodium alginate; polyethylene oxide-based polymers. The thickness of the OC layer is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, further preferably 10 μm or less, 5 μm or less, and 0.05 μm or more. It may be 0.5 μm or more.
 二色性色素および重合性化合物を含む組成物を塗布し硬化させてなる偏光子層の厚みは、通常10μm以下であり、好ましくは0.5μm以上8μm以下であり、より好ましくは1μm以上5μm以下である。 The thickness of the polarizer layer obtained by applying and curing the composition containing the dichroic dye and the polymerizable compound is usually 10 μm or less, preferably 0.5 μm or more and 8 μm or less, and more preferably 1 μm or more and 5 μm or less. Is.
 [第2粘着剤層]
 第2粘着剤層104は、偏光子層103と背面板105との間に配置される粘着剤層である。第2粘着剤層は、積層体100を構成する粘着剤層の中で、最も背面板105に近い位置に配置される粘着剤層であることができる。第2粘着剤層104は、1層であってもよく、または2層以上からなるものであってもよいが、好ましくは1層である。
[Second adhesive layer]
The second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer arranged between the polarizer layer 103 and the back plate 105. The second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer arranged at a position closest to the back plate 105 among the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers constituting the laminated body 100. The second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 may be one layer or may be composed of two or more layers, but is preferably one layer.
 第2粘着剤層104は、上述のように第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成される。第2粘着剤組成物は、上述のように粘着剤組成物Aを用いて形成されることができる。第2粘着剤層104は、第1粘着剤基準層の厚みと第2粘着剤基準層の厚みとが同じになるように、この第2粘着剤組成物を用いて第2粘着剤基準層を形成し、上述した第1粘着剤組成物を用いて第1粘着剤基準層を形成した場合、第1粘着剤基準層と第2粘着剤基準層とが、ΔR1>ΔR2で表される式(1)の関係を満たす。第1粘着剤基準層の厚み、および第2粘着剤基準層の厚みは、例えば200μmとすることができる。第2粘着剤組成物は、第1粘着剤組成物との関係において上記式(1)を満たす限り、粘着剤組成物Aに限られず、任意の粘着剤組成物から直接形成することができ、又は任意の粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された粘着剤層を有する粘着シートを用いて形成することができる。ただし第2粘着剤組成物は、上述した粘着剤組成物Aから形成することが好ましく、あるいは上述した粘着剤組成物Aを基材上に塗布することにより形成した粘着シートを用いて形成することも好ましい。 The second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition as described above. The second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A as described above. The second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 uses this second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to form a second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same. When the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed by forming and using the above-mentioned first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are represented by the formula (ΔR1> ΔR2). Satisfy the relationship of 1). The thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer can be, for example, 200 μm. The second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is not limited to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A as long as it satisfies the above formula (1) in relation to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and can be formed directly from any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Alternatively, it can be formed by using a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. However, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably formed from the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A, or is formed by using a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet formed by applying the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A on a substrate. Is also preferable.
 すなわち第2粘着剤層104は、第1粘着剤層102と組成が異なるものの、粘着剤組成物Aから形成されることが好ましい点において共通する。このため第2粘着剤層104は、これを構成する第2粘着剤組成物の組成および配合成分、第2粘着剤組成物のタイプ(活性エネルギー線硬化型または熱硬化型であるか否か等)、第2粘着剤組成物に配合され得る添加剤、第2粘着剤層の作製方法および第2粘着剤層の厚み等に関し、上記[粘着剤層(第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第1粘着剤層、および第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第2粘着剤層)]の欄で説明したとおりとすることができる。 That is, although the composition of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is different from that of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102, it is common in that it is preferably formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. Therefore, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 includes the composition and compounding components of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the type of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (whether or not it is an active energy ray-curable type or a heat-curable type, etc.). ), Additives that can be blended in the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the method for producing the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the like. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)] can be as described in the column.
 積層体100において、第1粘着剤層102および第2粘着剤層104の少なくとも一方は、その厚みが20μm以上50μm以下であることが好ましい。このため第2粘着剤層104の厚みは、例えば3μm以上100μm以下であることができ、5μm以上50μm以下であることが好ましく、20μm以上であってもよい。第2粘着剤層104は、その厚みが20μm以上50μm以下であることが最も好ましい。 In the laminate 100, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 preferably has a thickness of 20 μm or more and 50 μm or less. Therefore, the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 can be, for example, 3 μm or more and 100 μm or less, preferably 5 μm or more and 50 μm or less, and may be 20 μm or more. The thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104 is most preferably 20 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
 [背面板]
 背面板105としては、光を透過可能な板状体、または通常の表示装置に用いられる構成要素等を用いることができる。
[Back plate]
As the back plate 105, a plate-like body capable of transmitting light, a component used in a normal display device, or the like can be used.
 背面板105の厚みは、例えば5μm以上2000μm以下であってよく、好ましくは10μm以上1000μm以下であり、より好ましくは15μm以上500μm以下である。 The thickness of the back plate 105 may be, for example, 5 μm or more and 2000 μm or less, preferably 10 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, and more preferably 15 μm or more and 500 μm or less.
 背面板105に用いる板状体としては、1層のみから構成されてよく、2層以上から構成されたものであってよく、前面板101において述べた板状体について例示したものを用いることができる。 The plate-like body used for the back plate 105 may be composed of only one layer, may be composed of two or more layers, and an example of the plate-like body described in the front plate 101 may be used. it can.
 背面板105に用いる通常の表示装置に用いられる構成要素としては、例えばセパレータ、タッチセンサパネル、有機EL表示素子等が挙げられる。表示装置における構成要素の積層順としては、例えば前面板/円偏光板/セパレータ、前面板/円偏光板/有機EL表示装置、前面板/円偏光板/タッチセンサパネル/有機EL表示素子、前面板/タッチセンサパネル/円偏光板/有機EL表示素子等が挙げられる。背面板105は、タッチセンサパネルであることが好ましい。 Examples of components used in a normal display device used for the back plate 105 include a separator, a touch sensor panel, an organic EL display element, and the like. The stacking order of the components in the display device is, for example, front plate / circular polarizing plate / separator, front plate / circular polarizing plate / organic EL display device, front plate / circular polarizing plate / touch sensor panel / organic EL display element, front. Examples thereof include a face plate / touch sensor panel / circular polarizing plate / organic EL display element. The back plate 105 is preferably a touch sensor panel.
 (タッチセンサパネル)
 タッチセンサパネルとしては、タッチされた位置を検出可能なセンサであれば、検出方式は限定されることはなく、抵抗膜方式、静電容量結合方式、光センサ方式、超音波方式、電磁誘導結合方式、表面弾性波方式等のタッチセンサパネルが例示される。低コストであることから、抵抗膜方式、静電容量結合方式のタッチセンサパネルが好適に用いられる。
(Touch sensor panel)
As the touch sensor panel, as long as it is a sensor that can detect the touched position, the detection method is not limited, and the resistance film method, the capacitance coupling method, the optical sensor method, the ultrasonic method, and the electromagnetic induction coupling are used. Examples of touch sensor panels include a method and a surface acoustic wave method. Since the cost is low, a touch sensor panel of a resistive film type or a capacitive coupling type is preferably used.
 抵抗膜方式のタッチセンサパネルの一例は、互いに対向配置された一対の基板と、それら一対の基板の間に挟持された絶縁性スペーサーと、各基板の内側の前面に抵抗膜として設けられた透明導電膜と、タッチ位置検知回路とにより構成されている。抵抗膜方式のタッチセンサパネルを設けた画像表示装置においては、前面板の表面がタッチされると、対向する抵抗膜が短絡して、抵抗膜に電流が流れる。タッチ位置検知回路が、このときの電圧の変化を検知し、タッチされた位置が検出される。 An example of a resistance film type touch sensor panel is a pair of substrates arranged opposite to each other, an insulating spacer sandwiched between the pair of substrates, and a transparent film provided on the inner front surface of each substrate as a resistance film. It is composed of a conductive film and a touch position detection circuit. In an image display device provided with a resistance film type touch sensor panel, when the surface of the front plate is touched, the opposing resistance films are short-circuited and a current flows through the resistance film. The touch position detection circuit detects the change in voltage at this time, and the touched position is detected.
 静電容量結合方式のタッチセンサパネルの一例は、基板と、基板の全面に設けられた位置検出用透明電極と、タッチ位置検知回路とにより構成されている。静電容量結合方式のタッチセンサパネルを設けた画像表示装置においては、前面板の表面がタッチされると、タッチされた点で人体の静電容量を介して透明電極が接地される。タッチ位置検知回路が、透明電極の接地を検知し、タッチされた位置が検出される。 An example of a capacitively coupled touch sensor panel is composed of a substrate, a transparent electrode for position detection provided on the entire surface of the substrate, and a touch position detection circuit. In an image display device provided with a capacitance coupling type touch sensor panel, when the surface of the front plate is touched, the transparent electrode is grounded through the capacitance of the human body at the touched point. The touch position detection circuit detects the grounding of the transparent electrode, and the touched position is detected.
 タッチセンサパネルの厚みは、例えば5μm以上2000μm以下であってよく、5μm以上100μm以下であってもよい。 The thickness of the touch sensor panel may be, for example, 5 μm or more and 2000 μm or less, and may be 5 μm or more and 100 μm or less.
 [位相差層]
 積層体100は、偏光子層103と背面板105との間に1層以上の位相差層を有することができる。位相差層は、第1粘着剤層102、第2粘着剤層104、又はこれらの層以外の粘着剤若しくは接着剤から構成される層(以下、貼合層ともいう)を介して他の層(他の位相差層を含む。)上に積層させることができる。
[Phase difference layer]
The laminated body 100 can have one or more retardation layers between the polarizer layer 103 and the back plate 105. The retardation layer is formed through a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, or a layer composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive or an adhesive other than these layers (hereinafter, also referred to as a bonding layer). (Including other retardation layers.) Can be laminated on top.
 位相差層の例としては、λ/4板およびλ/2板等のポジティブAプレート、およびポジティブCプレート等が挙げられる。位相差層は、例えば上述の熱可塑性樹脂フィルムから形成することができる位相差フィルムであってもよいし、重合性液晶化合物を硬化してなる層、すなわち、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む層であってもよいが、好ましくは後者である。位相差フィルムの厚みは、上述の熱可塑性樹脂フィルムの厚みと同様であってよい。重合性液晶化合物を硬化してなる位相差層の厚みは、例えば、0.1μm以上10μm以下であり、好ましくは0.5μm以上8μm以下であり、より好ましくは1μm以上6μm以下である。 Examples of the retardation layer include a positive A plate such as a λ / 4 plate and a λ / 2 plate, a positive C plate, and the like. The retardation layer may be, for example, a retardation film that can be formed from the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin film, or contains a layer obtained by curing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, that is, a cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. It may be a layer, but the latter is preferable. The thickness of the retardation film may be the same as the thickness of the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin film. The thickness of the retardation layer obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is, for example, 0.1 μm or more and 10 μm or less, preferably 0.5 μm or more and 8 μm or less, and more preferably 1 μm or more and 6 μm or less.
 重合性液晶化合物を硬化してなる位相差層は、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を基材フィルムに塗布し硬化させることによって形成することができる。基材フィルムと塗布層との間に配向層が形成されていてもよい。基材フィルムの材料および厚みは、上述した熱可塑性樹脂フィルムの材料および厚みと同様であってよい。重合性液晶化合物を硬化してなる位相差層は、配向層および/または基材フィルムを有する形態で積層体100に組み込まれてもよい。背面板105が、上記組成物が塗布される基材フィルムであってもよい。 The retardation layer formed by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be formed by applying a composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to a base film and curing it. An orientation layer may be formed between the base film and the coating layer. The material and thickness of the base film may be the same as the material and thickness of the thermoplastic resin film described above. The retardation layer formed by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be incorporated into the laminate 100 in the form of having an alignment layer and / or a base film. The back plate 105 may be a base film to which the above composition is applied.
 [貼合層]
 貼合層は、第1粘着剤層102と第2粘着剤層104との間に配置される層であり、粘着剤又は接着剤から構成される層である。貼合層を構成する粘着剤は、第1粘着剤層102および第2粘着剤層104を構成する粘着剤組成物について例示したものと同じ粘着剤であってもよいし、他の粘着剤、例えば(メタ)アクリル系粘着剤、スチレン系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤、エポキシ系共重合体粘着剤等であってもよい。
[Lated layer]
The bonding layer is a layer arranged between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, and is a layer composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive or an adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the bonding layer may be the same pressure-sensitive adhesive as exemplified for the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition constituting the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, or other pressure-sensitive adhesives. For example, it may be a (meth) acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, a styrene-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a silicone-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a polyester-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, an epoxy-based copolymer pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like.
 貼合層を構成する接着剤としては、例えば、水系接着剤、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤、粘着剤等のうち1または2種以上を組み合せて形成することができる。水系接着剤としては、例えばポリビニルアルコール系樹脂水溶液、水系二液型ウレタン系エマルジョン接着剤等を挙げることができる。活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤としては、紫外線等の活性エネルギー線を照射することによって硬化する接着剤であり、例えば重合性化合物および光重合性開始剤を含むもの、光反応性樹脂を含むもの、バインダー樹脂および光反応性架橋剤を含むもの等を挙げることができる。上記重合性化合物としては、光硬化性エポキシ系モノマー、光硬化性アクリル系モノマー、光硬化性ウレタン系モノマー等の光重合性モノマー、およびこれらモノマーに由来するオリゴマー等を挙げることができる。上記光重合開始剤としては、紫外線等の活性エネルギー線を照射して中性ラジカル、アニオンラジカル、カチオンラジカルといった活性種を発生する物質を含むものを挙げることができる。 As the adhesive constituting the bonded layer, for example, one or two or more of water-based adhesives, active energy ray-curable adhesives, adhesives and the like can be combined to form the adhesive. Examples of the water-based adhesive include a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin aqueous solution, a water-based two-component urethane-based emulsion adhesive, and the like. The active energy ray-curable adhesive is an adhesive that cures by irradiating with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays, and includes, for example, a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerizable initiator, a photoreactive resin, and the like. Examples thereof include those containing a binder resin and a photoreactive cross-linking agent. Examples of the polymerizable compound include photopolymerizable monomers such as a photocurable epoxy monomer, a photocurable acrylic monomer, and a photocurable urethane monomer, and oligomers derived from these monomers. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include substances that generate active species such as neutral radicals, anionic radicals, and cationic radicals by irradiating them with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.
 貼合層の厚みは、例えば1μm以上であってよく、好ましくは1μm以上25μm以下、より好ましくは2μm以上15μm以下、さらに好ましくは2.5μm以上5μm以下である。 The thickness of the bonded layer may be, for example, 1 μm or more, preferably 1 μm or more and 25 μm or less, more preferably 2 μm or more and 15 μm or less, and further preferably 2.5 μm or more and 5 μm or less.
 本発明の別の一態様に係る積層体200は、例えば図2に示すように、前面板101、第1粘着剤層102、偏光子層103、第2粘着剤層104および背面板105を備え、貼合層108、第1位相差層106、貼合層109、および第2位相差層107をさらに備えることができる。 As shown in FIG. 2, for example, the laminate 200 according to another aspect of the present invention includes a front plate 101, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 102, a polarizer layer 103, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 104, and a back surface plate 105. , The bonded layer 108, the first retardation layer 106, the bonding layer 109, and the second retardation layer 107 can be further provided.
 [積層体の製造方法]
 積層体100,200は、粘着剤層、あるいはさらに接着剤層を介して積層体100,200を構成する層同士を貼合する工程を含む方法によって製造することができる。粘着剤層または接着剤層を介して層同士を貼合する場合には、密着性を高める目的で、貼合面の一方または両方に対し、例えばコロナ処理等の表面活性化処理を施すことが好ましい。
[Manufacturing method of laminate]
The laminates 100 and 200 can be manufactured by a method including a step of laminating the layers constituting the laminates 100 and 200 via an adhesive layer or an adhesive layer. When the layers are bonded to each other via the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, one or both of the bonded surfaces may be subjected to a surface activation treatment such as corona treatment for the purpose of improving adhesion. preferable.
 偏光子層103は、熱可塑性樹脂フィルムまたは基材フィルム上に直接形成することが可能であり、この熱可塑性樹脂フィルムまたは基材フィルムは積層体100,200に組み込まれてもよいし、あるいは、偏光子層103から剥離されて積層体の構成要素とはならなくてもよい。 The polarizer layer 103 can be formed directly on the thermoplastic resin film or the base film, and the thermoplastic resin film or the base film may be incorporated into the laminates 100 and 200, or It does not have to be separated from the polarizer layer 103 to become a component of the laminate.
 <表示装置>
 本発明の一態様に係る表示装置は、上記積層体100,200を含む。表示装置は特に限定されず、例えば有機EL表示装置、無機EL表示装置、液晶表示装置、電界発光表示装置等の画像表示装置が挙げられる。表示装置はタッチパネル機能を有していてもよい。
上記積層体100,200は、粘着剤層において気泡の発生を抑制することにより耐久性を向上させているため、屈曲または折り曲げ等が可能な可撓性を有する表示装置に好適である。
<Display device>
The display device according to one aspect of the present invention includes the above-mentioned laminates 100 and 200. The display device is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an image display device such as an organic EL display device, an inorganic EL display device, a liquid crystal display device, and an electroluminescent display device. The display device may have a touch panel function.
Since the laminates 100 and 200 have improved durability by suppressing the generation of air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, they are suitable for a flexible display device capable of bending or bending.
 表示装置において、上記積層体100,200は、前面板を外側(表示素子側とは反対側、すなわち視認側)に向けて表示装置が有する表示素子の視認側に配置される。表示装置は、上記積層体100,200の前面板101側を外側にして屈曲可能であることが好ましい。 In the display device, the laminated bodies 100 and 200 are arranged on the visible side of the display element of the display device with the front plate facing the outside (the side opposite to the display element side, that is, the visual recognition side). It is preferable that the display device can be bent with the front plate 101 side of the laminated bodies 100 and 200 facing outward.
 本発明に係る表示装置は、スマートフォン、タブレット等のモバイル機器、テレビ、デジタルフォトフレーム、電子看板、測定器、計器類、事務用機器、医療機器、電算機器等として用いることができる。 The display device according to the present invention can be used as a mobile device such as a smartphone or tablet, a television, a digital photo frame, an electronic signboard, a measuring instrument, an instrument, an office device, a medical device, a computer device, or the like.
 以下、実施例により本発明をさらに詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらの例によって限定されるものではない。本実施例において「%」および「部」の用語を用いて説明する場合、それらの用語は特記しない限り、質量%および質量部を意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. When the terms "%" and "parts" are used in the present embodiments, these terms mean% by mass and parts by mass unless otherwise specified.
 [測定方法]
 本実施例に用いた各物性値(重量平均分子量、粘着剤層の各物性など)の測定方法および算出方法は、以下のとおりである。
[Measuring method]
The measurement method and calculation method of each physical property value (weight average molecular weight, each physical property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, etc.) used in this example are as follows.
 <重量平均分子量(Mw)の測定>
 (メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの重量平均分子量(Mw)を、ポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量(Mn)として、移動相にテトラヒドロフランを用い、下記のサイズエクスクルージョンクロマトグラフィー(SEC)により求めた。
<Measurement of weight average molecular weight (Mw)>
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth) acrylic polymer A was determined by the following size exclusion chromatography (SEC) using tetrahydrofuran as the mobile phase as the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn).
 具体的には、被測定物である(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAを約0.05質量%の濃度でテトラヒドロフランに溶解させ、SECに10μL注入した。移動相は、1.0mL/分の流量で流した。カラムとして、PLgel MIXED-B(ポリマーラボラトリーズ製)を用いた。検出器には、UV-VIS検出器(商品名:Agilent GPC)を用いた。 Specifically, the (meth) acrylic polymer A to be measured was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran at a concentration of about 0.05% by mass, and 10 μL was injected into SEC. The mobile phase was flowed at a flow rate of 1.0 mL / min. PLgel MIXED-B (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) was used as the column. A UV-VIS detector (trade name: Agilent GPC) was used as the detector.
 <層の厚み>
 接触式膜厚測定装置(株式会社ニコン製「MS-5C」)を用いて測定した。ただし偏光子層および配向膜については、レーザー顕微鏡(オリンパス株式会社製「OLS3000」)を用いて測定した。
<Layer thickness>
The measurement was performed using a contact type film thickness measuring device (“MS-5C” manufactured by Nikon Corporation). However, the polarizer layer and the alignment film were measured using a laser microscope (“OLS3000” manufactured by Olympus Corporation).
 <ひずみ反復付加試験>
 ひずみ反復付加試験を、粘弾性測定装置(MCR-301、Anton Paar社)を用いることにより実行した。具体的な試験方法は次のとおりである。すなわち後述する粘着剤層が形成された粘着シート(粘着シートA11、粘着シートA12等)を幅20mm×長さ20mmに裁断し、剥離フィルムを剥がすとともに8枚積層することにより、厚み200μmの粘着剤基準層(第1粘着剤基準層および第2粘着剤基準層)を形成した。
次に、この粘着剤基準層をガラス板に接合した。さらにガラス板上の粘着剤基準層に対し、上記装置中の測定チップと接着させた状態で温度25℃、Normal Force Free、周波数2Hzの条件の下、0%と1000%とのStrin(ひずみ)(単位は「%」)を繰り返し付加し、1000秒進行させること(したがって、粘着シートに対し0%と1000%とのStrin(ひずみ)が1000秒間にわたり繰り返し付加される)により、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した。
<Strain repeated addition test>
The strain repeated addition test was performed by using a viscoelasticity measuring device (MCR-301, Antonio Par). The specific test method is as follows. That is, an adhesive having a thickness of 200 μm is obtained by cutting an adhesive sheet (adhesive sheet A11, adhesive sheet A12, etc.) on which an adhesive layer described later is formed into a width of 20 mm × a length of 20 mm, peeling off a release film, and laminating eight sheets. A reference layer (a first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer) was formed.
Next, this pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer was bonded to a glass plate. Further, under the conditions of a temperature of 25 ° C., a Normal Force Free, and a frequency of 2 Hz in a state where the pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer on the glass plate is adhered to the measurement chip in the above device, the Strin (strain) of 0% and 1000%. Repeated strain addition test by repeatedly adding (unit is "%") and advancing for 1000 seconds (thus, 0% and 1000% Strin (strain) is repeatedly added to the adhesive sheet for 1000 seconds). Was executed.
 <せん断クリープ値およびせん断クリープ率>
 上記ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の第1粘着剤基準層および第2粘着剤基準層、ならびに上記ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の第1粘着剤基準層および第2粘着剤基準層に対し、それぞれ次の方法を用いて25℃におけるせん断クリープ値(単位は「%」)を求めた。すなわち25℃におけるせん断クリープ値を、上記粘弾性測定装置(MCR-301、Anton Paar社)を使用して測定することにより求めた。具体的には、上記ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前、または上記ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後のガラス板上の粘着剤基準層に対し、上記装置中の測定チップと接着させた状態で温度25℃、Normal Force 1N、Torque 1200μNmの条件下、1200秒経過させることにより、その経過時点におけるせん断クリープ値を求めた。
<Shear creep value and shear creep rate>
For the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before the strain repeated addition test is executed, and for the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after the strain-repeated addition test is performed. The shear creep value (unit: "%") at 25 ° C. was determined using the following methods. That is, the shear creep value at 25 ° C. was determined by measuring using the above-mentioned viscoelasticity measuring device (MCR-301, Antonio Par). Specifically, the temperature of the pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer on the glass plate before the strain repeated addition test or after the strain repeated addition test is adhered to the measuring chip in the apparatus. The shear creep value at that time was determined by allowing 1200 seconds to elapse under the conditions of 25 ° C., Normal Force 1N, and Torque 1200 μNm.
 さらに、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前後のせん断クリープ値として得られた各値を、第1粘着剤基準層または第2粘着剤基準層の厚み(200μm)で除算した。これにより、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の第1粘着剤基準層に対する厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第1せん断クリープ率(R1A、単位は「%/μm」、以下同じ)、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の第1粘着剤基準層に対する厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第2せん断クリープ率(R1B)、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の第2粘着剤基準層に対する厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第3せん断クリープ率(R2A)、およびひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の第2粘着剤基準層に対する厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第4第1せん断クリープ率(R2B)を算出した。続いて、第1せん断クリープ率から第2せん断クリープ率を減算し、第3せん断クリープ率から第4せん断クリープ率を減算することにより、それぞれの減算値をΔR1およびΔR2として求めた。 Further, each value obtained as the shear creep value before and after executing the strain repeated addition test was divided by the thickness (200 μm) of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer or the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer. As a result, the first shear creep rate (R1A, unit is "% / μm", the same applies hereinafter), which is the shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness with respect to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after the strain repetition addition test is performed, and strain repetition. The second shear creep rate (R1B), which is the shear creep value per 1 μm of the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before the addition test is performed, and the thickness of 1 μm with respect to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after the strain repeated addition test is performed. The third shear creep rate (R2A), which is the shear creep value per unit, and the fourth first shear creep rate (R2A), which is the shear creep value per 1 μm in thickness with respect to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before performing the strain iterative addition test. R2B) was calculated. Subsequently, the second shear creep rate was subtracted from the first shear creep rate, and the fourth shear creep rate was subtracted from the third shear creep rate, so that the subtracted values were obtained as ΔR1 and ΔR2, respectively.
 <粘着剤層のゲル分率>
 粘着剤層(粘着剤層A11および粘着剤層A12)のゲル分率は、以下の(I)~(V)に従って測定した。
(I) 約8cm×約8cmの面積の粘着剤層と、約10cm×約10cmのSUS304からなる金属メッシュ(その質量をWmとする)とを貼合する。
(II) 上記(I)で得られた貼合物の質量を秤量し、その質量をWsとし、次に粘着剤層を包み込むように4回折りたたんでホッチキス(ステープラー)で留めたのち秤量して、その質量をWbとする。
(III) ガラス容器に上記(II)でホッチキス留めしたメッシュを入れ、酢酸エチル60mLを加えて浸漬した後、このガラス容器を室温で3日間保管する。
(IV) 上記(III)のメッシュをガラス容器から取り出し、120℃で24時間乾燥した後、秤量して、その質量をWaとした。
(V) 上述の秤量した質量を、ゲル分率(質量%)=[{Wa-(Wb-Ws)-Wm}/(Ws-Wm)]×100の式に代入することにより、粘着剤層のゲル分率を計算した。
<Gel fraction of adhesive layer>
The gel fraction of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A12) was measured according to the following (I) to (V).
(I) A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an area of about 8 cm × about 8 cm and a metal mesh (whose mass is Wm) made of SUS304 having an area of about 10 cm × about 10 cm are bonded together.
(II) Weigh the mass of the laminate obtained in (I) above, set the mass to Ws, then fold it four times so as to wrap the adhesive layer, staple it with a stapler, and then weigh it. , Let the mass be Wb.
(III) Put the mesh stapled in (II) above in a glass container, add 60 mL of ethyl acetate and soak, and then store this glass container at room temperature for 3 days.
(IV) The mesh of (III) above was taken out from the glass container, dried at 120 ° C. for 24 hours, and then weighed to give a mass of Wa.
(V) The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by substituting the above-mentioned weighed mass into the formula of gel fraction (mass%) = [{Wa- (Wb-Ws) -Wm} / (Ws-Wm)] × 100. The gel fraction of was calculated.
 [粘着シートの製造]
 [1]粘着シートA11の製造
 (1)(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの調製
 冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計および攪拌機を備えた反応容器に、アセトン81.8質量部、アクリル酸ブチル98.6質量部、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル1.0質量部およびアクリル酸0.4質量部の混合溶液を仕込み、窒素ガスで容器内の空気を置換して酸素不含としながら内温を55℃に上げた。その後、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(重合開始剤)0.14質量部をアセトン10質量部に溶かした溶液を全量添加した。上記重合開始剤の添加1時間後に単量体を除くアクリル樹脂の濃度が35質量%となるように、添加速度17.3質量部/hrでアセトンを連続的に反応容器内へ加えながら内温54~56℃で12時間保温し、最後にアセトンを加えて、アクリル樹脂の濃度が20質量%となるように調整した。得られたアクリル樹脂は、GPCによるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwが1270000であった。これを(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAとする。(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーA中の水酸基含有不飽和単量体であるアクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルに由来する構造単位は1質量%であり、カルボキシル基含有不飽和単量体であるアクリル酸に由来する構造単位は0.4質量%である。
[Manufacturing of adhesive sheet]
[1] Production of Adhesive Sheet A11 (1) Preparation of (Meta) Acrylic Polymer A In a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a thermometer and a stirrer, 81.8 parts by mass of acetone and butyl acrylate 98. A mixed solution of 6 parts by mass, 1.0 part by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and 0.4 parts by mass of acrylic acid was charged, and the internal temperature was 55 ° C. while replacing the air in the container with nitrogen gas to make it oxygen-free. I raised it to. Then, a total amount of a solution prepared by dissolving 0.14 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (polymerization initiator) in 10 parts by mass of acetone was added. Internal temperature while continuously adding acetone into the reaction vessel at an addition rate of 17.3 parts by mass / hr so that the concentration of the acrylic resin excluding the monomer becomes 35% by mass 1 hour after the addition of the polymerization initiator. The temperature was kept at 54 to 56 ° C. for 12 hours, and finally acetone was added to adjust the concentration of the acrylic resin to 20% by mass. The obtained acrylic resin had a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of 1270000 by GPC. This is referred to as (meth) acrylic polymer A. The structural unit derived from 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, which is a hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated monomer in the (meth) acrylic polymer A, is 1% by mass, and is derived from acrylic acid, which is a carboxyl group-containing unsaturated monomer. The structural unit to be used is 0.4% by mass.
 (2)粘着剤組成物A11の調製
 上記工程で得られた(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーA100質量部(固形分換算値;以下同じ)と、熱架橋剤Bとしてのポリイソシアネート(東ソー株式会社製、製品名「コロネートL」)およびシランカップリング剤Cとしての3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、製品名「KBM403」)とを混合し、十分に攪拌するとともにメチルエチルケトンで希釈することにより、粘着剤組成物A11の塗布溶液を得た。(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーを100質量部(固形分換算値)とした場合の粘着剤組成物A11の各配合(固形分換算値)を表1に示す。表1中の略号である「BA」は、アクリル酸n-ブチルを表し、「2EHA」は、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシルを表し、「AA」は、アクリル酸を表す。これらのBA、2EHAおよびAAのTg(℃)については、示差熱分析法(DTA)により求めた。
(2) Preparation of Adhesive Composition A11 100 parts by mass (solid content conversion value; the same applies hereinafter) of the (meth) acrylic polymer A obtained in the above step and polyisocyanate as a thermal cross-linking agent B (manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd., Product name "Coronate L") and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shinetsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., product name "KBM403") as a silane coupling agent C are mixed, stirred well and diluted with methyl ethyl ketone. A coating solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11 was obtained. Table 1 shows each formulation (solid content conversion value) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11 when the (meth) acrylic polymer is 100 parts by mass (solid content conversion value). The abbreviation "BA" in Table 1 represents n-butyl acrylate, "2EHA" represents 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and "AA" represents acrylic acid. The Tg (° C.) of these BA, 2EHA and AA was determined by differential thermal analysis (DTA).
 (3)粘着シートA11の製造
 上記粘着剤組成物A11の塗布溶液を、第1剥離フィルム(リンテック社製、製品名「SP-PET752150」)の剥離処理面に、ナイフコーターで塗布することにより塗布物を形成した。上記塗布物に対し、90℃で1分間加熱処理することにより塗布層を形成した。次いで、上記第1剥離フィルム上の塗布層と、第2剥離フィルム(リンテック社製、製品名「SP-PET382120」)とを、第2剥離フィルムの剥離処理面が塗布層に接触するように貼合し、23℃、50%RHの条件下で7日間養生することにより、粘着剤組成物A11を用いて形成された厚み25μmの粘着剤層を有する粘着シートA11、すなわち、第1剥離フィルム/粘着剤層(厚み:25μm)/第2剥離フィルムの構成からなる粘着シートA11を作製した。本実施例において粘着シートA11の粘着剤層を、粘着剤層A11ともいう。
(3) Production of Adhesive Sheet A11 The coating solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11 is applied to the peeling-treated surface of the first release film (manufactured by Lintec Corporation, product name "SP-PET752150") with a knife coater. Formed an object. A coating layer was formed by heat-treating the coated material at 90 ° C. for 1 minute. Next, the coating layer on the first release film and the second release film (manufactured by Lintec Corporation, product name "SP-PET382120") are attached so that the release-treated surface of the second release film is in contact with the coating layer. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A11 having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 25 μm formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11 by curing under the conditions of 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 7 days, that is, the first release film / A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A11 having a structure of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness: 25 μm) / a second release film was produced. In this embodiment, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A11 is also referred to as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A11.
 [2]粘着シートA12の製造
 (1)(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAの調製
 上記粘着シートA11の製造に用いた(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーAを準備した。
[2] Production of Adhesive Sheet A12 (1) Preparation of (Meta) Acrylic Polymer A The (meth) acrylic polymer A used for the production of the adhesive sheet A11 was prepared.
 (2)粘着剤組成物A12の調製
 上記(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーA100質量部に対し、熱架橋剤であるコロネートLの配合量を表1に示すとおりとすること以外、粘着剤組成物A11の調製方法と同じとすることにより、粘着剤組成物A12の塗布溶液を得た。
(2) Preparation of Adhesive Composition A12 With respect to 100 parts by mass of the (meth) acrylic polymer A, the amount of Coronate L, which is a heat-crosslinking agent, is as shown in Table 1, but the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11. A coating solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A12 was obtained by using the same preparation method.
 (3)粘着シートA12の製造
 上記粘着剤組成物A12の塗布溶液を用いて、粘着シートA11の製造工程と同じとすることにより、粘着シートA12を作製した。本実施例において粘着シートA12の粘着剤層を、粘着剤層A12ともいう。
(3) Production of Adhesive Sheet A12 The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A12 was produced by using the coating solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A12 in the same manner as in the production process of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A11. In this embodiment, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A12 is also referred to as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A12.
 表1に、(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーを100質量部(固形分換算値)とした場合の粘着剤組成物A12の各配合(固形分換算値)を示す。表1には、上述の方法により求めた粘着剤組成物A11および粘着剤組成物A12のゲル分率の値も示した。 Table 1 shows each formulation (solid content conversion value) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A12 when the (meth) acrylic polymer is 100 parts by mass (solid content conversion value). Table 1 also shows the gel fraction values of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A12 obtained by the above method.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 さらに市販の粘着シートとして、OCA8146-02およびCEF3004(いずれも米3M社製)を準備した。 Furthermore, OCA8146-02 and CEF3004 (both manufactured by 3M of the United States) were prepared as commercially available adhesive sheets.
 [3]粘着シートB11の製造
 (1)(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーB1の調製
窒素ガスが還流されて温度調節が容易なように反応容器に冷却装置を設置した。この反応容器に、表2に記載された単量体混合物を投入した。酸素を除去するために窒素ガスを1時間パージングした。温度を60℃に維持し、単量体混合物を均一に混合した後、表2に記載された光重合開始剤を投入した。以後撹拌し、UVランプから紫外線(10mW)を照射して(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーB1を製造した。
[3] Production of Adhesive Sheet B11 (1) Preparation of (Meta) Acrylic Polymer B1 A cooling device was installed in the reaction vessel so that nitrogen gas was refluxed and the temperature could be easily controlled. The monomer mixture shown in Table 2 was charged into this reaction vessel. Nitrogen gas was parsed for 1 hour to remove oxygen. After maintaining the temperature at 60 ° C. and uniformly mixing the monomer mixture, the photopolymerization initiator shown in Table 2 was added. After that, the mixture was stirred and irradiated with ultraviolet rays (10 mW) from a UV lamp to produce a (meth) acrylic polymer B1.
 (2)粘着剤組成物B11の調製
 上記(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーB1、活性エネルギー線重合性化合物、および光重合開始剤の含有量が表3に記載された割合になるように混合して、粘着剤組成物B11を製造した。
(2) Preparation of Adhesive Composition B11 The contents of the above (meth) acrylic polymer B1, the active energy ray-polymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator are mixed so as to be in the ratio shown in Table 3. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition B11 was produced.
 (3)粘着シートB11の製造
 粘着剤組成物B11を、シリコン離型処理された離型フィルム上に、厚さが25μmになるように塗布した。塗膜の上に、さらに離型フィルムを積層した後、紫外線(積算光量400mJ/cm、照度1.8mW/cm、UVV基準)を照射して粘着シートB11を作製した。本実施例において粘着シートB11の粘着剤層を、粘着剤層B11ともいう。
(3) Production of Adhesive Sheet B11 The adhesive composition B11 was applied onto a release film that had been subjected to a silicon mold release treatment so as to have a thickness of 25 μm. After further laminating a release film on the coating film, an adhesive sheet B11 was prepared by irradiating with ultraviolet rays (integrated light amount 400 mJ / cm 2 , illuminance 1.8 mW / cm 2 , UVV standard). In this embodiment, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet B11 is also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B11.
 [4]粘着シートB21の製造
 (1)(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーB2の調製
 窒素ガスが還流されて温度調節が容易なように反応容器に冷却装置を設置した。この反応容器に、表2に記載された単量体混合物を投入した。酸素を除去するために窒素ガスを1時間パージングした。温度を60℃に維持し、単量体混合物を均一に混合した後、表2に記載された光重合開始剤を投入した。以後撹拌し、UVランプから紫外線(10mW)を照射して(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーB2を製造した。
[4] Production of Adhesive Sheet B21 (1) Preparation of (Meta) Acrylic Polymer B2 A cooling device was installed in the reaction vessel so that nitrogen gas was refluxed and the temperature could be easily controlled. The monomer mixture shown in Table 2 was charged into this reaction vessel. Nitrogen gas was parsed for 1 hour to remove oxygen. After maintaining the temperature at 60 ° C. and uniformly mixing the monomer mixture, the photopolymerization initiator shown in Table 2 was added. After that, the mixture was stirred and irradiated with ultraviolet rays (10 mW) from a UV lamp to produce a (meth) acrylic polymer B2.
 (2)粘着剤組成物B21の調製
 上記(メタ)アクリル系ポリマーB2、活性エネルギー線重合性化合物、および光重合開始剤の含有量が表3に記載された割合になるように混合して、粘着剤組成物B21を製造した。
(2) Preparation of Adhesive Composition B21 The contents of the (meth) acrylic polymer B2, the active energy ray-polymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator are mixed so as to be in the ratios shown in Table 3. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition B21 was produced.
 (3)粘着シートB21の製造
 粘着剤組成物B21を、シリコン離型処理された離型フィルム上に、厚さが25μmになるように塗布した。塗膜の上に、さらに離型フィルムを積層した後、紫外線(積算光量400mJ/cm、照度1.8mW/cm、UVV基準)を照射して粘着シートB21を作製した。本実施例において粘着シートB21の粘着剤層を、粘着剤層B21ともいう。
(3) Production of Adhesive Sheet B21 The adhesive composition B21 was applied onto a release film that had been subjected to a silicon mold release treatment so as to have a thickness of 25 μm. After further laminating a release film on the coating film, an adhesive sheet B21 was prepared by irradiating with ultraviolet rays (integrated light amount 400 mJ / cm 2 , illuminance 1.8 mW / cm 2 , UVV standard). In this embodiment, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet B21 is also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B21.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002

表2中の略号である「LA」は、アクリル酸ラウリルを表し、「2-EHA」は、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシルを表し、「2-HEA」は、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルを表し、「2-PHA」は、アクリル酸2-プロピルヘプチルを表し、「C22A」は、アクリル酸ベヘニルを表し、「ODA」は、アクリル酸オクチルデシルを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002

The abbreviation "LA" in Table 2 represents lauryl acrylate, "2-EHA" represents 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, "2-HEA" represents 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and ""2-PHA" represents 2-propyl heptyl acrylate, "C22A" represents behenyl acrylate, and "ODA" represents octyl decyl acrylate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003

表3中の略号である「IBOA」は、アクリル酸イソボルニルを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003

The abbreviation "IBOA" in Table 3 represents isobornyl acrylate.
 上記粘着シートに対し、上述した方法に沿ってそれぞれ厚み200μmの粘着剤基準層を作製するとともに、各粘着剤基準層を対象としてひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前、およびひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後におけるせん断クリープ値(%)、ならびにせん断クリープ率の差(%/μm)などを求めた。結果を表4として示す。表4には、各粘着剤基準層におけるひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前のせん断クリープ率(%/μm)の数値も示した。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer having a thickness of 200 μm was prepared for each of the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets according to the above-mentioned method, and the strain repeat-addition test was performed before and after the strain-repeated addition test was performed on each pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer. Later, the shear creep value (%) and the difference in shear creep rate (% / μm) were determined. The results are shown in Table 4. Table 4 also shows the numerical values of the shear creep rate (% / μm) before performing the strain repeated addition test in each pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
 [積層体の製造]
 [前面板(ウィンドウフィルム)]
 前面板として、片面にハードコート層(厚み10μm)を有するポリイミドフィルム(厚み50μm)を準備した。
[Manufacturing of laminate]
[Front plate (window film)]
As a front plate, a polyimide film (thickness 50 μm) having a hard coat layer (thickness 10 μm) on one side was prepared.
 [偏光子層]
 1.材料準備
 以下の材料を準備した。
[Polarizer layer]
1. 1. Material preparation The following materials were prepared.
 1)厚み25μmのTACフィルム
 2)配向膜形成用組成物
 <ポリマー1>
 以下の構造単位からなる光反応性基を有するポリマー1を準備した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000005
1) TAC film with a thickness of 25 μm 2) Composition for forming an alignment film <Polymer 1>
Polymer 1 having a photoreactive group consisting of the following structural units was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000005
 ポリマー1を濃度5質量%でシクロペンタノンに溶解した溶液を配向膜形成用組成物[以下、組成物(D-1)ともいう]として準備した。 A solution in which polymer 1 was dissolved in cyclopentanone at a concentration of 5% by mass was prepared as a composition for forming an alignment film [hereinafter, also referred to as composition (D-1)].
 3)偏光子層形成用組成物
 <重合性液晶化合物>
 重合性液晶化合物として、式(1-1)で表される重合性液晶化合物[以下、化合物(1-1)ともいう]と式(1-2)で表される重合性液晶化合物[以下、化合物(1-2)ともいう]とを準備した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
3) Composition for forming a polarizer layer <Polymerizable liquid crystal compound>
As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the formula (1-1) [hereinafter, also referred to as compound (1-1)] and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the formula (1-2) [hereinafter, Compound (1-2)] was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007
 化合物(1-1)および化合物(1-2)は、Lub et al.Recl.Trav.Chim.Pays-Bas、115、321-328(1996)記載の方法により合成した。 Compound (1-1) and compound (1-2) are described in Lub et al. Recl. Trav. Chim. It was synthesized by the method described in Pays-Bas, 115, 321-328 (1996).
 <二色性色素>
 二色性色素として、下記式(2-1a)、(2-1b)、(2-3a)で示される特開2013-101328号公報の実施例に記載のアゾ色素を準備した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
<Dichroic pigment>
As the dichroic dye, the azo dye described in Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-101328 represented by the following formulas (2-1a), (2-1b) and (2-3a) was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000010
 偏光子層形成用組成物[以下、組成物(A-1)ともいう]は、化合物(1-1)75質量部、化合物(1-2)25質量部、二色性染料としての上記式(2-1a)、(2-1b)、(2-3a)で示されるアゾ色素各2.5質量部、重合開始剤としての2-ジメチルアミノ-2-ベンジル-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン(Irgacure369、BASFジャパン社製)6質量部、およびレベリング剤としてのポリアクリレート化合物(BYK-361N、BYK-Chemie社製)1.2質量部を、溶剤のトルエン400質量部に混合し、得られた混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより調製した。 The composition for forming a polarizer layer [hereinafter, also referred to as composition (A-1)] has 75 parts by mass of compound (1-1), 25 parts by mass of compound (1-2), and the above formula as a bicolor dye. 2.5 parts by mass of each of the azo dyes represented by (2-1a), (2-1b) and (2-3a), 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) as a polymerization initiator ) Butan-1-one (Irgacure369, manufactured by BASF Japan) 6 parts by mass, and 1.2 parts by mass of a polyacrylate compound (BYK-361N, manufactured by BYK-Chemie) as a leveling agent, 400 parts by mass of toluene as a solvent. And the resulting mixture was prepared by stirring at 80 ° C. for 1 hour.
 4)保護層(OC層)形成用組成物
 保護層(OC層)形成用組成物[以下、組成物(E-1)ともいう]は、水:100質量部、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂粉末((株)クラレ製、平均重合度18000、商品名:KL-318):3質量部、ポリアミドエポキシ樹脂(架橋剤、住化ケムテックス(株)製、商品名:SR650(30)):1.5質量部を混合することにより調製した。
4) Composition for forming a protective layer (OC layer) The composition for forming a protective layer (OC layer) [hereinafter, also referred to as composition (E-1)] is water: 100 parts by mass, polyvinyl alcohol resin powder (Co., Ltd.). ) Made by Kuraray, average degree of polymerization 18000, trade name: KL-318): 3 parts by mass, polyamide epoxy resin (crosslinking agent, manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd., trade name: SR650 (30)): 1.5 parts by mass Was prepared by mixing.
 2.作製方法
 1)以下のようにしてTACフィルム側に配向膜形成用組成物をコーティングした。すなわち、まずTACフィルム側にコロナ処理を1回施した。コロナ処理の条件は、出力0.3kW、処理速度3m/分とした。その後、該TAC上に、上述の通り得られた組成物(D-1)をバーコート法により塗布し、80℃の乾燥オーブン中で1分間加熱乾燥した。得られた乾燥被膜に偏光UV照射処理を施して第1配向膜(AL1)を形成した。偏光UV処理は、UV照射装置(SPOT CURE SP-7;ウシオ電機株式会社製)から照射される光を、ワイヤーグリッド(UIS-27132##、ウシオ電機株式会社製)を透過させて、波長365nmで測定した積算光量が100mJ/cmである条件で行った。第1配向膜(AL1)の厚みは100nmであった。
2. 2. Production method 1) The composition for forming an alignment film was coated on the TAC film side as follows. That is, first, the TAC film side was subjected to the corona treatment once. The conditions for corona treatment were an output of 0.3 kW and a processing speed of 3 m / min. Then, the composition (D-1) obtained as described above was applied onto the TAC by the bar coating method, and dried by heating in a drying oven at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. The obtained dry film was subjected to polarized UV irradiation treatment to form a first alignment film (AL1). In the polarized UV treatment, the light emitted from the UV irradiation device (SPOT CURE SP-7; manufactured by Ushio, Inc.) is transmitted through a wire grid (UIS-27132 ##, manufactured by Ushio, Inc.) to have a wavelength of 365 nm. The test was performed under the condition that the integrated light amount measured in 1 was 100 mJ / cm 2 . The thickness of the first alignment film (AL1) was 100 nm.
 2)以下のようにして配向膜側に偏光子層形成用組成物をコーティングした。すなわち、まず上記第1配向膜(AL1)上に、組成物(A-1)をバーコート法により塗布し、120℃の乾燥オーブンにて1分間加熱乾燥した後、室温まで冷却した。上記UV照射装置を用いて、積算光量1200mJ/cm(365nm基準)で紫外線を、乾燥被膜に照射することにより、偏光子層(pol)を形成した。得られた偏光子層(pol)の厚みをレーザー顕微鏡(オリンパス株式会社社製 OLS3000)により測定したところ、1.8μmであった。このようにして「TAC/AL1/pol」からなる積層体を得た。 2) The composition for forming a polarizer layer was coated on the alignment film side as follows. That is, first, the composition (A-1) was applied onto the first alignment film (AL1) by the bar coating method, heated and dried in a drying oven at 120 ° C. for 1 minute, and then cooled to room temperature. A polarizing layer (pol) was formed by irradiating the dry film with ultraviolet rays at an integrated light amount of 1200 mJ / cm 2 (365 nm standard) using the above UV irradiation device. The thickness of the obtained polarizer layer (pol) was measured with a laser microscope (OLS3000 manufactured by Olympus Corporation) and found to be 1.8 μm. In this way, a laminate composed of "TAC / AL1 / pol" was obtained.
 3)以下のようにして偏光子層側に保護層(OC層)形成用組成物をコーティングした。すなわち、上記偏光子層(pol)層上に、組成物(E-1)をバーコート法により塗布し、乾燥後の厚みが1.0μmとなるように塗工し、温度80℃で3分間乾燥した。このようにして「TACフィルム/cPL(AL1+pol+保護層)」からなる積層体を得た。 3) The composition for forming a protective layer (OC layer) was coated on the polarizer layer side as follows. That is, the composition (E-1) is applied onto the polarizer layer (pol) by a bar coating method, coated so that the thickness after drying is 1.0 μm, and the temperature is 80 ° C. for 3 minutes. It was dry. In this way, a laminate composed of "TAC film / cPL (AL1 + pol + protective layer)" was obtained.
 [位相差層]
 1.材料準備
 以下の材料を準備した。
[Phase difference layer]
1. 1. Material preparation The following materials were prepared.
 1)厚み100μmのPETフィルム
 2)配向膜形成用組成物
 上述したポリマー1を濃度5質量%で、シクロペンタノンに溶解した溶液を配向膜形成用組成物(組成物(D-1))として準備した。
1) PET film with a thickness of 100 μm 2) Composition for forming an alignment film A solution prepared by dissolving the above-mentioned polymer 1 in cyclopentanone at a concentration of 5% by mass is used as a composition for forming an alignment film (composition (D-1)). Got ready.
 3)位相差層形成用組成物
 下記に示す各成分を混合し、得られた混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、組成物(B-1)を得た。
3) Composition for forming a retardation layer The composition (B-1) was obtained by mixing each of the following components and stirring the obtained mixture at 80 ° C. for 1 hour.
 下記式で示される化合物b-1:80質量部
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000011
Compound b-1 represented by the following formula: 80 parts by mass
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000011
 下記式で示される化合物b-2:20質量部
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000012
Compound b-2: 20 parts by mass represented by the following formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000012
 重合開始剤(Irgacure369、2-ジメチルアミノ-2-ベンジル-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン、BASFジャパン社製):6質量部
 レベリング剤(BYK-361N、ポリアクリレート化合物、BYK-Chemie社製):0.1質量部
 溶剤(シクロペンタノン):400質量部。
Polymerization initiator (Irgacure369, 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butane-1-one, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.): 6 parts by mass leveling agent (BYK-361N, polyacrylate compound, BYK) -Chemie): 0.1 parts by mass Solvent (cyclopentanone): 400 parts by mass.
 2.作製方法
 1)以下のようにしてPETフィルムに配向膜形成用組成物をコーティングした。すなわち、基材として厚み100μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(PET)を準備し、該フィルム上に組成物(D-1)をバーコート法により塗布し、80℃の乾燥オーブン中で1分間加熱乾燥した。得られた乾燥被膜に偏光UV照射処理を施して第2配向膜(AL2)を形成した。偏光UV処理は、上記UV照射装置を用いて、波長365nmで測定した積算光量が100mJ/cmである条件で行った。偏光UVの偏光方向は偏光子層の吸収軸に対して45°となるように行った。このようにして「基材(PET)/第2配向膜(AL2)」からなる積層体を得た。
2. 2. Production method 1) The composition for forming an alignment film was coated on the PET film as follows. That is, a polyethylene terephthalate film (PET) having a thickness of 100 μm was prepared as a base material, the composition (D-1) was applied onto the film by the bar coating method, and the film was heated and dried in a drying oven at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. The obtained dry film was subjected to polarized UV irradiation treatment to form a second alignment film (AL2). The polarized UV treatment was carried out under the condition that the integrated light amount measured at a wavelength of 365 nm was 100 mJ / cm 2 using the above UV irradiation device. The polarization direction of the polarized UV was set to 45 ° with respect to the absorption axis of the polarizer layer. In this way, a laminate composed of "base material (PET) / second alignment film (AL2)" was obtained.
 2)以下のようにしてPETフィルムの配向膜側に位相差層形成用組成物をコーティングした。すなわち上記「基材(PET)/第2配向膜(AL2)」からなる積層体の第2配向膜(AL2)上に、組成物(B-1)をバーコート法により塗布し、120℃の乾燥オーブンで1分間加熱乾燥した後、室温まで冷却した。得られた乾燥被膜に、上記UV照射装置を用いて、積算光量1000mJ/cm(365nm基準)の紫外線を照射することにより、位相差層を形成した。得られた位相差層の厚みをレーザー顕微鏡(オリンパス株式会社製OLS3000)により測定したところ、2.0μmであった。位相差層は、面内方向にλ/4の位相差値を示すλ/4板(QWP)であった。このようにして「基材(PET)/位相差部(AL2+QWP)」からなる積層体を得た。 2) The composition for forming a retardation layer was coated on the alignment film side of the PET film as follows. That is, the composition (B-1) is applied on the second alignment film (AL2) of the laminate composed of the above "base material (PET) / second alignment film (AL2)" by the bar coating method, and the temperature is 120 ° C. After heating and drying in a drying oven for 1 minute, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. A retardation layer was formed by irradiating the obtained dry film with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light intensity of 1000 mJ / cm 2 (365 nm standard) using the above UV irradiation device. The thickness of the obtained retardation layer was measured with a laser microscope (OLS3000 manufactured by Olympus Corporation) and found to be 2.0 μm. The retardation layer was a λ / 4 plate (QWP) showing a retardation value of λ / 4 in the in-plane direction. In this way, a laminate composed of "base material (PET) / retardation portion (AL2 + QWP)" was obtained.
 [共通粘着シート]
 1)アクリル樹脂の重合
 下記成分を、窒素雰囲気下で攪拌しながら55℃で反応させることによりアクリル樹脂を得た。
アクリル酸ブチル:70質量部
アクリル酸メチル:20質量部
アクリル酸:2.0質量部
ラジカル重合開始剤(2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル):0.2質量部。
[Common adhesive sheet]
1) Polymerization of acrylic resin Acrylic resin was obtained by reacting the following components at 55 ° C. with stirring in a nitrogen atmosphere.
Butyl acrylate: 70 parts by mass Methyl acrylate: 20 parts by mass Acrylic acid: 2.0 parts by mass Radical polymerization initiator (2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile): 0.2 parts by mass.
 2)粘着剤組成物の調液
 下記成分を混合し、粘着剤組成物を得た。
アクリル樹脂:100質量部
架橋剤(東ソー株式会社製「コロネートL」):1.0質量部
シランカップリング剤(信越化学工業株式会社製「X-12-981」):0.5質量部。
2) Preparation of adhesive composition The following components were mixed to obtain an adhesive composition.
Acrylic resin: 100 parts by mass Cross-linking agent (“Coronate L” manufactured by Tosoh Corporation): 1.0 parts by mass Silane coupling agent (“X-12-981” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.5 parts by mass.
 上記粘着剤組成物を、全体固形分濃度が10質量%になるように酢酸エチルを添加することにより調液した。 The above pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was prepared by adding ethyl acetate so that the total solid content concentration was 10% by mass.
 3)共通粘着シートの製造
 上述のように調液した粘着剤組成物を、離型処理されたポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(重セパレータ、厚み38μm)の離型処理面に、アプリケーターを利用して乾燥後の厚みが5μmになるように塗布することにより塗布層を得た。この塗布層を100℃で1分間乾燥して、粘着剤層を備えるフィルムを得た。その後、粘着剤層の露出面上に、離型処理された別のポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(軽セパレータ、厚み38μm)を貼合した。その後、温度23℃、相対湿度50%RHの条件で7日間養生させ、軽セパレータ/共通粘着剤層/重セパレータの層構造を有する共通粘着シートを得た。
3) Manufacture of a common pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet After the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition prepared as described above is dried on the mold-release-treated surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film (heavy separator, thickness 38 μm) that has been mold-released using an applicator. A coating layer was obtained by coating so as to have a thickness of 5 μm. This coating layer was dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to obtain a film having an adhesive layer. Then, another polyethylene terephthalate film (light separator, thickness 38 μm) that had been released from the mold was attached onto the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Then, it was cured for 7 days under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50% RH to obtain a common pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a layer structure of a light separator / common pressure-sensitive adhesive layer / heavy separator.
 [背面板]
 背面板として、厚み100μmのPETフィルムを準備した。
[Back plate]
As a back plate, a PET film having a thickness of 100 μm was prepared.
 [実施例1]
 図3(a)~(e)に示す手順で積層体を製造した。まず図3(a)に示すように、上述の偏光子層410[TACフィルム301/cPL((AL1+pol)302/OC層303)]と上述の共通粘着シート420(軽セパレータ304/共通粘着剤層305/重セパレータ306)とを準備した。上記偏光子層410のOC層303側と、共通粘着シート420の軽セパレータ304を剥離した面とにコロナ処理(出力0.3kW、処理速度3m/分)を施した後、貼合することにより図3(b)に示す第1積層体前駆体430を得た。さらに図3(b)に示すように、上述の位相差層440[基材(PET)308/位相差部(AL2+QWP)307]を準備した。
[Example 1]
Laminates were manufactured by the procedure shown in FIGS. 3A to 3E. First, as shown in FIG. 3A, the above-mentioned polarizer layer 410 [TAC film 301 / cPL ((AL1 + pol) 302 / OC layer 303)] and the above-mentioned common adhesive sheet 420 (light separator 304 / common adhesive layer). 305 / heavy separator 306) was prepared. By applying corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min) to the OC layer 303 side of the polarizer layer 410 and the surface from which the light separator 304 of the common adhesive sheet 420 has been peeled off, they are bonded together. The first laminated body precursor 430 shown in FIG. 3 (b) was obtained. Further, as shown in FIG. 3B, the above-mentioned retardation layer 440 [base material (PET) 308 / retardation section (AL2 + QWP) 307] was prepared.
 次に位相差層440の位相差部307側と、第1積層体前駆体430の重セパレータ306とを剥離した面にコロナ処理(出力0.3kW、処理速度3m/分)を施した後、貼合することにより図3(c)に示す第2積層体前駆体450を得た。その後、図3(c)に示すように、粘着シート460(第1剥離フィルム309/粘着剤層310/第2剥離フィルム311)として上記粘着シートA11を準備した。粘着シート460の粘着剤層310は第2粘着剤層に相当する。 Next, the surface from which the retardation portion 307 side of the retardation layer 440 and the heavy separator 306 of the first laminated body precursor 430 were peeled off was subjected to corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min), and then. By laminating, the second laminated body precursor 450 shown in FIG. 3C was obtained. Then, as shown in FIG. 3C, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet A11 was prepared as the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 460 (first release film 309 / adhesive layer 310 / second release film 311). The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 310 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 460 corresponds to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 第2積層体前駆体450の基材(PET)308を剥離した面と、粘着シート460の第1剥離フィルム309を剥離した面とにコロナ処理(出力0.3kW、処理速度3m/分)を施した後、貼合することにより図3(d)に示す第3積層体前駆体470を得た。
さらに、粘着シート490(第1剥離フィルム314/粘着剤層315/第2剥離フィルム316)として上記粘着シートA12を準備し、第1剥離フィルム314を剥離した面と、上述の前面板480(ポリイミドフィルム313/ハードコート層312)のポリイミドフィルム313側とにコロナ処理(出力0.3kW、処理速度3m/分)を施した後、貼合することにより図3(d)に示す第4積層体前駆体500を得た。粘着シート490の粘着剤層315は第1粘着剤層に相当する。
Corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min) was applied to the surface from which the base material (PET) 308 of the second laminate precursor 450 was peeled off and the surface from which the first release film 309 of the adhesive sheet 460 was peeled off. After the application, the third laminated precursor precursor 470 shown in FIG. 3D was obtained by laminating.
Further, the adhesive sheet A12 was prepared as the adhesive sheet 490 (first release film 314 / adhesive layer 315 / second release film 316), and the surface from which the first release film 314 was peeled and the above-mentioned front plate 480 (polyimide) were prepared. The fourth laminated body shown in FIG. 3D is formed by applying corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min) to the polyimide film 313 side of the film 313 / hard coat layer 312) and then laminating them. A precursor 500 was obtained. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 315 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 490 corresponds to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 続いて、第4積層体前駆体500の第2剥離フィルム316を剥離した面と、第3積層体前駆体470のTAC301側にコロナ処理(出力0.3kW、処理速度3m/分)を施した後、貼合することにより図3(e)に示す第6積層体前駆体300を得た。最後に、第6積層体前駆体300において第2剥離フィルム311を剥離し、その剥離した面と、背面板として準備した厚み100μmのPETフィルムの一方の面とをコロナ処理(出力0.3kW、処理速度3m/分)を施した後に貼合することにより、実施例1の積層体を得た。実施例1の積層体は、厚み240μm、縦190mm×横150mmの形状を有する。 Subsequently, the surface from which the second release film 316 of the fourth laminated body precursor 500 was peeled off and the TAC301 side of the third laminated body precursor 470 were subjected to corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, processing speed 3 m / min). After that, the sixth laminated body precursor 300 shown in FIG. 3 (e) was obtained by laminating. Finally, the second release film 311 was peeled off in the sixth laminated body precursor 300, and the peeled surface and one surface of the PET film having a thickness of 100 μm prepared as the back plate were subjected to corona treatment (output 0.3 kW, The laminate of Example 1 was obtained by laminating after applying a treatment speed of 3 m / min). The laminate of Example 1 has a thickness of 240 μm and a shape of 190 mm in length × 150 mm in width.
 [実施例2~5、比較例1~2]
 実施例1において用いた粘着シートA11、A12に代えて、表5に示す粘着剤層を有する粘着シートを用いたこと以外、実施例1の積層体と同じ製造方法を適用することにより、実施例2~5および比較例1~2の積層体を製造した。
[Examples 2 to 5, Comparative Examples 1 to 2]
By applying the same manufacturing method as the laminate of Example 1 except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer shown in Table 5 was used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets A11 and A12 used in Example 1, Examples Laminates of 2 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were produced.
 実施例1~5および比較例1~2の積層体に関し、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層を形成するために用いられた粘着剤組成物の種類を、表5に一覧として示した。実施例1~5は、ΔR1>ΔR2の関係を満たし、比較例1~2は、ΔR1≦ΔR2の関係にある。 Table 5 lists the types of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions used to form the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with respect to the laminates of Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2. .. Examples 1 to 5 satisfy the relationship of ΔR1> ΔR2, and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 have a relationship of ΔR1 ≦ ΔR2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
 さらに実施例1~5および比較例1~2の積層体に対し、後述の方法により屈曲耐久性試験および表面硬度試験を実行した。結果を表6に示す。 Further, a bending durability test and a surface hardness test were carried out on the laminates of Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 by the method described later. The results are shown in Table 6.
 <屈曲耐久性試験(マンドレル試験)>
 各実施例及び各比較例の積層体から、スーパーカッターを用いて長さ100mmおよび幅10mmの試験片を切り出した。この試験片に対し、TP技研株式会社製の耐屈曲性試験機(円筒法マンドレル法)を用い、試験片(積層体)における背面板が内側となるように、試験片を円筒状の心棒(マンドレル)の周りに巻き付けることにより、温度25℃において試験片を長さ方向に沿って屈曲させる屈曲耐久性試験(マンドレル試験)を行った。これにより試験片(積層体)の粘着剤層に気泡が発生しない心棒の最小直径を求め、以下の基準に基づいてランク付けした。屈曲耐久性試験では、この最小直径の値が小さいほど、粘着剤層の屈曲耐久性が優れると評価することができる。
A:φ10mm以下の心棒に巻き付けた場合に粘着剤層に気泡が発生した
B:φ10mm超過φ15mm以下の心棒に巻き付けた場合に粘着剤層に気泡が発生したC:φ15mm超過φ20mm以下の心棒に巻き付けた場合に粘着剤層に気泡が発生したD:φ20mm超過の心棒に巻き付けた場合に粘着剤層に気泡が発生した。
<Bending durability test (mandrel test)>
A test piece having a length of 100 mm and a width of 10 mm was cut out from the laminated body of each Example and each Comparative Example using a super cutter. For this test piece, a bending resistance tester (cylindrical mandrel method) manufactured by TP Giken Co., Ltd. was used, and the test piece was placed on a cylindrical mandrel (cylindrical mandrel method) so that the back plate of the test piece (laminate) was on the inside. A bending durability test (mandrel test) was performed in which the test piece was bent along the length direction at a temperature of 25 ° C. by wrapping it around the mandrel). As a result, the minimum diameter of the mandrel that does not generate air bubbles in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the test piece (laminated body) was determined, and ranked based on the following criteria. In the bending durability test, it can be evaluated that the smaller the value of this minimum diameter, the better the bending durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
A: Bubbles were generated in the adhesive layer when wrapped around a mandrel of φ10 mm or less B: Bubbles were generated in the adhesive layer when wrapped around a mandrel exceeding φ10 mm φ15 mm C: Wrapped around a mandrel exceeding φ15 mm and φ20 mm or less Bubbles were generated in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. D: Bubbles were generated in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer when wound around a mandrel exceeding φ20 mm.
 <表面硬度試験>
 各実施例及び各比較例の積層体における背面板の表面に対し、鉛筆硬度試験機(PHT、韓国ソクボ科学(SUKBO SCIENCE)社製)を用い、温度25℃において100gの荷重を付加した状態の鉛筆(三菱鉛筆株式会社製、芯の硬さは6B)により、上記表面に凹部痕を形成した。この場合において上記凹部痕が消滅するまでの時間を求め、以下の基準に基づいてランク付けすることにより、各実施例及び各比較例の積層体の表面硬度を評価した。この表面硬度試験では、凹部痕が消滅するまでの時間が短いほど、表面硬度性に優れると評価することができる。
A:30分未満で凹部痕が消滅した
B:30分以上60分未満で凹部痕が消滅した
C:60分以上90分未満で凹部痕が消滅した
D:90分を経過しても凹部痕が消滅しなかった。
<Surface hardness test>
A pencil hardness tester (PHT, manufactured by SUKBO SCIENCE Co., Ltd.) was used to apply a load of 100 g to the surface of the back plate in the laminate of each example and each comparative example at a temperature of 25 ° C. A concave mark was formed on the surface with a pencil (manufactured by Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd., core hardness is 6B). In this case, the surface hardness of the laminates of each Example and each Comparative Example was evaluated by determining the time until the recess marks disappeared and ranking them based on the following criteria. In this surface hardness test, it can be evaluated that the shorter the time until the recess marks disappear, the better the surface hardness.
A: Recess marks disappeared in less than 30 minutes B: Recess marks disappeared in 30 minutes or more and less than 60 minutes C: Recess marks disappeared in 60 minutes or more and less than 90 minutes D: Recess marks disappeared even after 90 minutes passed Did not disappear.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
 上記によれば実施例1~5は、ΔR1>ΔR2の関係を満たし、ΔR1≦ΔR2の関係である比較例1~2に対し、屈曲耐久性及び表面硬度の評価において優れていた。 According to the above, Examples 1 to 5 satisfy the relationship of ΔR1> ΔR2 and are superior in evaluation of bending durability and surface hardness to Comparative Examples 1 and 2 having a relationship of ΔR1 ≦ ΔR2.
 100,200 積層体、101 前面板、102 第1粘着剤層、103 偏光子層、104 第2粘着剤層、105 背面板、106 第1位相差層、107 第2位相差層、108,109 貼合層。 100, 200 laminate, 101 front plate, 102 first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, 103 polarizer layer, 104 second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, 105 back plate, 106 first retardation layer, 107 second retardation layer, 108, 109 Laminated layer.

Claims (7)

  1. 前面板と、第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第1粘着剤層と、偏光子層と、第2粘着剤組成物を用いて形成された第2粘着剤層と、背面板とをこの順に含む積層体であって、
    第1粘着剤基準層の厚みと第2粘着剤基準層の厚みとが同じになるように、前記第1粘着剤組成物を用いて第1粘着剤基準層を形成し、前記第2粘着剤組成物を用いて第2粘着剤基準層を形成した場合、前記第1粘着剤基準層と前記第2粘着剤基準層とは、下記式(1)の関係を満たす、積層体。
    ΔR1>ΔR2  (1)
    [式(1)中、ΔR1は、R1AからR1Bを減算した値を表し、
    ΔR2は、R2AからR2Bを減算した値を表し、
    前記R1Aは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の前記第1粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第1せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表し、
    前記R1Bは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の前記第1粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第2せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表し、
    前記R2Aは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行した後の前記第2粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第3せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を示し、
    前記R2Bは、ひずみ反復付加試験を実行する前の前記第2粘着剤基準層に対して求めた25℃における厚み1μm当たりのせん断クリープ値である第4せん断クリープ率(%/μm)を表す。]
    The front plate, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the polarizer layer, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed by using the second pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the back plate. Is a laminate containing in this order,
    The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used to form the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer so that the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the thickness of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer are the same. When the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer is formed by using the composition, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer satisfy the relationship of the following formula (1).
    ΔR1> ΔR2 (1)
    [In equation (1), ΔR1 represents the value obtained by subtracting R1B from R1A.
    ΔR2 represents the value obtained by subtracting R2B from R2A.
    The R1A represents a first shear creep rate (% / μm) which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained for the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing a strain repeated addition test.
    The R1B represents a second shear creep rate (% / μm), which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained with respect to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before executing the strain repeated addition test.
    The R2A indicates a third shear creep rate (% / μm), which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness at 25 ° C. obtained for the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer after performing a strain repeated addition test.
    The R2B represents a fourth shear creep rate (% / μm), which is a shear creep value per 1 μm of thickness obtained at 25 ° C. with respect to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive reference layer before executing the strain repeated addition test. ]
  2. 前記第4せん断クリープ率(%/μm)は、0.1以上0.2以下である、請求項1に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 1, wherein the fourth shear creep rate (% / μm) is 0.1 or more and 0.2 or less.
  3. 前記第1粘着剤層および前記第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方は、その厚みが20μm以上50μm以下である、請求項1または請求項2に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 20 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
  4. 前記偏光子層と前記背面板との間に、1層以上の位相差層を有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which has one or more retardation layers between the polarizer layer and the back plate.
  5. 前記背面板は、タッチセンサパネルである、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the back plate is a touch sensor panel.
  6. 請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の積層体を含む表示装置。 A display device including the laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  7. 前記前面板側を外側にして屈曲可能である、請求項6に記載の表示装置。 The display device according to claim 6, which can be bent with the front plate side facing outward.
PCT/JP2020/006272 2019-03-18 2020-02-18 Multilayer body and display device comprising same WO2020189146A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080021500.7A CN113614589B (en) 2019-03-18 2020-02-18 Method for producing coating film and display device comprising same
KR1020217030611A KR20210141521A (en) 2019-03-18 2020-02-18 A laminate and a display device including the same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-050011 2019-03-18
JP2019050011 2019-03-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020189146A1 true WO2020189146A1 (en) 2020-09-24

Family

ID=72520186

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/006272 WO2020189146A1 (en) 2019-03-18 2020-02-18 Multilayer body and display device comprising same

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6938701B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20210141521A (en)
CN (1) CN113614589B (en)
TW (1) TW202039237A (en)
WO (1) WO2020189146A1 (en)

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003227936A (en) * 2002-02-05 2003-08-15 Nitto Denko Corp Brightness enhancing film, method for manufacturing the same, optical film and image display device
JP2003307621A (en) * 2002-04-18 2003-10-31 Nitto Denko Corp Pressure-sensitive adhesive optical film and image display device
JP2008014988A (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-24 Nitto Denko Corp Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
JP2009110026A (en) * 2009-02-12 2009-05-21 Nitto Denko Corp Pressure-sensitive adhesive layer for preventing glass breakage of liquid crystal panel
JP2010039458A (en) * 2008-07-11 2010-02-18 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polarizing plate, manufacturing method therefor, and composite polarizing plate using the same
JP2013011853A (en) * 2011-05-31 2013-01-17 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Composite polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
WO2015053296A1 (en) * 2013-10-10 2015-04-16 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate set and front-plate-integrating liquid-crystal display panel
US20160004121A1 (en) * 2014-07-03 2016-01-07 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Module for liquid crystal display apparatus and liquid crystal display apparatus comprising the same
JP2016151580A (en) * 2015-02-16 2016-08-22 日東電工株式会社 Optical film with adhesive and image display device
WO2018034148A1 (en) * 2016-08-15 2018-02-22 日東電工株式会社 Laminate for flexible image display devices, and flexible image display device
JP2018200463A (en) * 2017-05-09 2018-12-20 日東電工株式会社 Composition for optical members, optical member and image display device

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2999610B2 (en) * 1991-10-14 2000-01-17 日東電工株式会社 Curing progress type adhesive member
KR100694446B1 (en) * 2004-08-10 2007-03-12 주식회사 엘지화학 Acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive
JP2008144125A (en) * 2006-11-17 2008-06-26 Fujifilm Corp Acrylate-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device obtained using the same
JP2010267541A (en) * 2009-05-15 2010-11-25 Canon Inc Display panel and image display apparatus
JP2011168751A (en) * 2010-02-22 2011-09-01 Nitto Denko Corp Surface protective film
JP5683369B2 (en) * 2011-04-22 2015-03-11 藤森工業株式会社 Adhesive composition and surface protective film
KR101411020B1 (en) * 2011-12-29 2014-06-24 제일모직주식회사 Adhesive for polarizer plate, polarizer plate comprising adhesive layer including the same and liquid crystal display comprising the same
KR101600654B1 (en) * 2012-12-28 2016-03-07 제일모직주식회사 Adhesive film for polarizing plate, adhesive composition for the same, polarizing plate comprising the same and optical display comprising the same
KR101659239B1 (en) 2014-11-01 2016-09-23 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Flexible display apparatus
JP2016121310A (en) * 2014-12-25 2016-07-07 日東電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and optical member
KR101882563B1 (en) * 2015-11-30 2018-07-27 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Adhesive film for polarizing plate, adhesive composition for polarizing plate for the same, polarizing plate comprising the same and optical display apparatus comprising the same
KR102451081B1 (en) 2016-02-05 2022-10-06 삼성전자주식회사 Display using various adhesive and electronic device including the same
JP2018013583A (en) * 2016-07-20 2018-01-25 住友化学株式会社 Optical film having separator film laminate adhesive layer
JP6952497B2 (en) * 2017-05-31 2021-10-20 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive composition, surface protective sheet, and optical member

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003227936A (en) * 2002-02-05 2003-08-15 Nitto Denko Corp Brightness enhancing film, method for manufacturing the same, optical film and image display device
JP2003307621A (en) * 2002-04-18 2003-10-31 Nitto Denko Corp Pressure-sensitive adhesive optical film and image display device
JP2008014988A (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-24 Nitto Denko Corp Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
JP2010039458A (en) * 2008-07-11 2010-02-18 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polarizing plate, manufacturing method therefor, and composite polarizing plate using the same
JP2009110026A (en) * 2009-02-12 2009-05-21 Nitto Denko Corp Pressure-sensitive adhesive layer for preventing glass breakage of liquid crystal panel
JP2013011853A (en) * 2011-05-31 2013-01-17 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Composite polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
WO2015053296A1 (en) * 2013-10-10 2015-04-16 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate set and front-plate-integrating liquid-crystal display panel
JP2015075684A (en) * 2013-10-10 2015-04-20 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate set and front plate-integrated liquid crystal display panel
US20160004121A1 (en) * 2014-07-03 2016-01-07 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Module for liquid crystal display apparatus and liquid crystal display apparatus comprising the same
JP2016151580A (en) * 2015-02-16 2016-08-22 日東電工株式会社 Optical film with adhesive and image display device
WO2018034148A1 (en) * 2016-08-15 2018-02-22 日東電工株式会社 Laminate for flexible image display devices, and flexible image display device
JP2018200463A (en) * 2017-05-09 2018-12-20 日東電工株式会社 Composition for optical members, optical member and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20210141521A (en) 2021-11-23
JP6938701B2 (en) 2021-09-22
CN113614589A (en) 2021-11-05
CN113614589B (en) 2023-09-22
JP2020154309A (en) 2020-09-24
TW202039237A (en) 2020-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6792657B2 (en) Laminates, adhesive compositions and adhesive sheets
JP6911166B2 (en) Laminate
JP2021184091A (en) Laminate and display
JP2021181226A (en) Flexible laminate
JP7039508B2 (en) Flexible laminate
JP6771056B2 (en) Flexible laminate
JP2021179615A (en) Laminate and display device
JP7039507B2 (en) Laminate
JP7039509B2 (en) Laminate
JP2020138543A (en) Laminate
WO2020189146A1 (en) Multilayer body and display device comprising same
WO2020189145A1 (en) Laminate and display device containing same
JP2020140008A (en) Flexible laminate
WO2021024639A1 (en) Laminate
JP6771055B2 (en) Laminates, adhesive compositions and adhesive sheets
JP2020166167A (en) Laminate body

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20774280

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20217030611

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20774280

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1